TWI220902B - A composition comprising a solid organic support material to which either directly or via a bridging group, the process for preparation thereof and application thereof - Google Patents

A composition comprising a solid organic support material to which either directly or via a bridging group, the process for preparation thereof and application thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI220902B
TWI220902B TW87101739A TW87101739A TWI220902B TW I220902 B TWI220902 B TW I220902B TW 87101739 A TW87101739 A TW 87101739A TW 87101739 A TW87101739 A TW 87101739A TW I220902 B TWI220902 B TW I220902B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
polymer
main
host
cns
Prior art date
Application number
TW87101739A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Brian Gerrard Devlin
Junji Otani
Kazuhiko Kunimoto
Abul Iqbal
Sameer Hosam Eldin
Original Assignee
Ciba Sc Holding Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ciba Sc Holding Ag filed Critical Ciba Sc Holding Ag
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI220902B publication Critical patent/TWI220902B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Inks, Pencil-Leads, Or Crayons (AREA)

Abstract

Composition comprising a solid organic support material to which either directly or via a bridging group, are covalently linked fluorescent host chromophores and fluorescent guest chromophores, wherein the fluorescence emission spectrum of the host chromophore overlaps with the absorption spectrum of the guest chromophore, wherein the host chromophore is selected from the group consisting of benzo[4,5]imidazo[2,1-a]isoindol-11-ones.

Description

1220902 A7 ____B7__ 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本發明係有關於一種組成物,其包含一固態有機支樣 材料直接或經由橋鐽基與螢光主體發色團和螢光副體發色 團共價連接,其中主體發色團之螢光發射光譜與副體發色 ! I 團之吸收光譜重疊,及其中主體發色團餘選自包含苯並 ί 4,5 ]咪唑並[2,11 - a ]異氮茚(i s 〇 i n d ο 1) - 11 -酮類 c 更甚者,本發明係有闞於一種用於製備該組成物之方 法,有鼷於使用為螢光材料之用途,及有關於新穎之官能 基化苯並[4,5 ]眯唑並[2,卜a ]異氮茚-1卜酮類。 於ΕΡ-Α-0 4 5 6 6 G9中揭示一種存有經選擇溶劑下製備 1 , 2,3,4 -四氯苯並[4,5 ]咪唑並[2,卜a ]異氮茚-i卜酮及其 衍生物之方法。該等化合物為顯示固態螢光之顔料而且具 有改良之戶外耐久性。於其中亦提及,95% 1 , 2 , 3,4-四氯 苯並[4,5 ]咪唑並[2,卜a ]異氮茚-1卜_及5 %陰丹士林藍 的組合可產生綠色螢光顔料。此系統為顔料複合物,其中 新顔色之產生僅是二種成份顔色總合。因此,該顔色之創 造並非因為於混合物成份之間的密切交互作用所霈之複合 物生成,分子水平,能量轉移過程所致。 F · W · H a I1 r i s 及其研究同仁於 A C S S y hi p · S e r . 1 3 2, 3 9 ( 1 9 8 ΰ )逑及1 3 2,3,4 -四苯基苯並[4,5 ]眯唑並[2,1 - a ] 異氮雑茚-11-酮類做為模製材料,其係為研究形成苯基化 聚眯唑並吡咯酮而於航空字宙應用之潛在用途。然而,未 提及它的螢光性質。 例如,於電冷光之領域中,Tang及其研究同仁示範有 -3- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 12209021220902 A7 ____B7__ 5. Description of the invention () (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) The present invention relates to a composition containing a solid organic branch-like material directly or via a bridge base and a fluorescent body. The chromophore and the fluorophore chromophore are covalently connected, where the fluorescence emission spectrum of the host chromophore and the chromophore of the accessory! The absorption spectrum of the I group overlaps, and the remainder of the chromophore of the host is selected from the group consisting of benzo 4,5] imidazo [2,11 -a] isoazindene (is 〇ind ο 1)-11 -ones c Even more, the present invention relates to a method for preparing the composition, which has鼷 Used as a fluorescent material and related to the novel functionalized benzo [4,5] oxazo [2, bua] isoazindene-1bucones. In EP-A-0 4 5 6 6 G9, a 1,2,3,4-tetrachlorobenzo [4,5] imidazo [2, bua] isoazindene- i Method of buconone and its derivatives. These compounds are pigments that exhibit solid fluorescence and have improved outdoor durability. It is also mentioned therein that a combination of 95% 1,2,3,4-tetrachlorobenzo [4,5] imidazo [2, bua] isoazepine-1bu and 5% indanthrene blue Produces green fluorescent pigments. This system is a pigment compound, in which a new color is generated only by combining the two component colors. Therefore, the creation of this color is not due to the complex formation, molecular level, and energy transfer process caused by the close interaction between the components of the mixture. F · W · H a I1 ris and his research colleagues in ACSS y hip · Ser. 1 3 2, 3 9 (1 9 8 ΰ) 逑 and 1 3 2, 3, 4 -tetraphenylbenzo [4 , 5] oxazolo [2,1 -a] isoazepin-11-ones as a molding material, which is used to study the potential of phenylated polyoxazolopyrrolone for aviation applications use. However, its fluorescent properties are not mentioned. For example, in the field of electrical cold light, Tang and his research colleagues have demonstrated that this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902

五、發明說明() 用·^敏化冷光以製造極亮的電冷光裝置(j · a p p l . ρ η Y S . 65(9) ^ 3610 (1989)) 〇 亦及’於生物診斷的領域中’敏化冷光被完善地建立 使用為普遍和高敏慼的工具以偵測特定標的之生物分子, 例如核酸或抗原,如V e n e r及其研究同仁之ANAL. BIO-t: Η £ Μ . 1 b 8 ( 1 9 9 1 ) 3 0 8- 3 1 1 °V. Explanation of the invention () Sensitizing cold light to produce extremely bright electric cold light devices (j · appl. Ρ η YS. 65 (9) ^ 3610 (1989)) 〇 Also 'in the field of biological diagnosis' Sensitized cold light is perfectly established to be used as a universal and highly sensitive tool to detect specific target biomolecules, such as nucleic acids or antigens, such as ANAL by Vener and his research colleagues. BIO-t: Η £ Μ. 1 b 8 (1 9 9 1) 3 0 8- 3 1 1 °

Siobodyanik及其研究同仁(冷光期刊(j· LUMINESCENCE) 29, 309 (1984)) 提 出於共 價連接 至相同 聚合物 之能量施體和能量受體之間之能量轉移ΰSiobodyanik and colleagues (j. LUMINESCENCE 29, 309 (1984)) proposed energy transfer between energy donors and energy receptors covalently connected to the same polymer.

Kamaehi及其研究同仁(物理化學期刊(J· PHYS, CHEM· 96 (4),1 9 9 0 ( 1 9 9 2 ))示範和討論共聚物系統之 兩傾單位間之能量轉移。Kamaehi and his research colleagues (Journal of Physical Chemistry (J. PHYS, CHEM. 96 (4), 190 (19 2))) demonstrated and discussed the energy transfer between the two inclined units of the copolymer system.

Brink ley及其研究同仁揭示使用敏化冷光之聚合性材 料於偵測生物分子,例如DNA和RNA ,及其亦被使用於流 動式_胞測量術和分析顯微鏡撿查技術(W0 9 3 / 2 3 4 9 2 ) 。然而僅有聚氮雑fg烯(p〇iyazaindaeene)染料及香豆素 _料被明確地揭示做為螢光材料以用於製備螢光聚合物微 ® a _jft之外’只有有用之螢光聚合性珠粒用於生物診斷 ’螢光部份共價相接至聚合物主鐽之可能性被提及,更甚 者’其提出該方法對於該等生物應用為複雜及不必要。因 此’對於含有主體和副體共價連接至聚合物之聚合物系統 之特定簧胞例並無詳_揭示,旦對於特定生物應用領域之 外的有用主體/副體材料並未有任何提示。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公爱) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) —· ϋ ϋ ϋ 1· ί ϋ n )-OJβ n n n ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ I Λ 1220902 A7 __B7___ 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 因此,本發明目的係提供一種不具上逑缺點之組成物 ,其包含一固態有饑支撐材料直接或經由橋鍵基輿螢光主 體發色團和螢光副體發色團共價連接,其中主體發色團之 螢先發射光譜與副體發色團之吸收光譜重疊,及其中主體 發色團係選自包含苯並[4, 5]咪唑並[2, ll-a】異氮茚- n-酮類。特別地,該組成物提供 a )顯示強的固態螢光,較佳為其中發射波長於電磁光譜 的可見區域· b)高比率之主體和副體分子可併入成為聚合物的一部份 而維持固態螢光性質(亦及可忽略之濃度驟減), c :·使用Li V和可見區域之波長均可激發該材料’ d :)可達到優良的光穩定性, e )經由副體分子之選擇(顏色調節)可達到廣範圍的發 射波長, f )可達到高的熱穩定性, g)可生成可溶和不可溶螢光組成物’ i )螢光主體和副體分子之遷移實質上被排外’及 1 )材料易被製備,g卩單瓶反應為可能° 依此,被發現一種組成物,其包含一固態有機支撐材 料直接或經由橋鍵基與螢光主體發色團和螢光副體邊色團 共價連接,其中主體發色團之螢光發射光譜與副體發色團 之吸收光譜重疊,及其中主體發色團係選自®含本並f 4 ’ D j _唑並[2,il-a]異氮茚_1卜_類° -5 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 1220902 A7 ________ B7_ 五、發明說明() « re 亦被發琨一種用於製備該組成物之方法, ® m @ _光材料·之用途,及新穎之官能基化苯並[4,5】_唾 並U,i - a ]異氮茚〜11 — _類ύ 泰明之.第〜個具體實施例係有關於一種組成物,其 包含一 @態、有機支撐材料直接或經由橋鍵基與螢光主體發 色團和螢光副_發色團共價連接,其中主體發色團之螢光 II射光_輿副體發色團之吸收先譜重曼,及其中主體發色 11糸選0包含苯並[4,5 ] B米唑並[2,11 _ a ]異氮茚-1卜_類。 於本:發明範圍中,主體分子意為螢光分子,較佳係選 自固態蠻光有機化合物之族群,如染料,顔料和它們的衍 $ » ’ ^ BS H U v及/或日光區域的適當轜射波長下 ’它們@ 3及收能量°此能量係Μ共振方式較佳幾乎為定量地 轉移全…副體發色團。使用於製備本發明組成物之主體單體 或官能基化主體分子較佳為充份地溶解於反應介質,致使 它能簡易地有肋於它本身參與螢光聚合物形成反應。該反 應介質可為共聚單體或適當的溶劑。亦可使用較不溶解的 主體單II ’然而此時可能需要特別的設備用於不斷地溶解 該單體或官能基化分子至反應介質之内。溶解度可能藉由 核心结構’取代基,官能基及/或官能基之空間或長度的 選擇_影響。 於本發明範圍中,副體發色圑意為螢光分子,其具有 1少部份地與系統中之個別主體發射區域重疊的吸收區域 -‘在其中,該等副體發色團接受來自主體分子的能量,而 - 6 - ^紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Brink ley and colleagues in his research revealed the use of sensitized cold-light polymeric materials to detect biomolecules, such as DNA and RNA, and their use in flow cytometry and analytical microscopy (W0 9 3/2 3 4 9 2). However, only the polyazofluorene dye (p0iyazaindaeene) dyes and coumarin materials have been explicitly disclosed as fluorescent materials for the preparation of fluorescent polymer micro-a-'aft 'only useful fluorescent polymerization The possibility that sexual beads are used for biological diagnosis' covalently attaching the fluorescent part to the polymer host 'is mentioned, and even more' it suggests that this method is complicated and unnecessary for such biological applications. Therefore, 'no specific examples of polymer cells containing polymer systems in which the main and auxiliary bodies are covalently linked to the polymer are revealed, and there is no suggestion for useful main / auxiliary materials outside specific biological applications. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21〇X 297 public love) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) — · ϋ ϋ ϋ 1 · ί ϋ n) -OJβ nnn ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ I Λ 1220902 A7 __B7___ V. Description of the invention () (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Therefore, the purpose of the present invention is to provide a composition without the above disadvantages, which includes a solid hungry support material directly Or it is covalently connected via a bridge bond based fluorescent host chromophore and a fluorescent accessory chromophore, in which the fluorescence emission spectrum of the primary chromophore overlaps with the absorption spectrum of the secondary chromophore, and the main chromophore in it The group is selected from the group consisting of benzo [4,5] imidazo [2, ll-a] isoazindene-n-ones. In particular, the composition provides a) strong solid fluorescent light, preferably in which the emission wavelength is in the visible region of the electromagnetic spectrum. B) high ratios of main and auxiliary molecules can be incorporated as part of the polymer. Maintain solid-state fluorescence properties (and negligible concentration decrease), c: · Use Li V and wavelengths in the visible region to excite the material 'd :) can achieve excellent light stability, e) via subsidiary molecules The choice (color adjustment) can achieve a wide range of emission wavelengths, f) can achieve high thermal stability, g) can generate soluble and insoluble fluorescent compositions' i) the migration essence of fluorescent host and accessory molecules The above materials are easy to be prepared, and a single bottle reaction is possible. Based on this, a composition was found, which contains a solid organic support material directly or via a bridge bond group with the fluorescent host chromophore and The covalent connection of the side chromophore of the fluorescent accessory body, in which the fluorescence emission spectrum of the main chromophore overlaps with the absorption spectrum of the auxiliary chromophore, and the main chromophore is selected from the group consisting of fluorinated f 4 'D j _Zolo [2, il-a] isoazindene_1B_Class ° -5-Paper The scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) 1220902 A7 ________ B7_ V. Description of the invention () «re has also been issued a method for preparing the composition, ® m @ _ 光 材料 · Applications, and novel functionalized benzo [4,5] _sialo U, i-a] isoazindene ~ 11 — _ class stellant Tai Mingzhi. The first ~ specific embodiment relates to a composition, It includes an @ state, an organic support material, or a covalent connection of the fluorescent host chromophore and the fluorescent side chromophore directly or via a bridge bond group, in which the fluorescent II of the host chromophore emits light and the secondary side hair color The absorption spectrum of the group is predominantly heavy, and its main hair color 11 is selected to contain benzo [4,5] B mizolo [2,11_a] isoazindene-1b_. In the scope of the present invention, the host molecule means a fluorescent molecule, preferably selected from the group of solid pretty light organic compounds, such as dyes, pigments and their derivatives. »^ BS HU v and / or the appropriate area of sunlight At the emission wavelength, 'them @ 3 and the energy harvested' This energy system is preferably a M resonance method that transfers the full ... accessory body chromophore almost quantitatively. The host monomer or functionalized host molecule used to prepare the composition of the present invention is preferably sufficiently dissolved in the reaction medium, so that it can simply be ribbed to participate in the fluorescent polymer formation reaction itself. The reaction medium may be a comonomer or a suitable solvent. It is also possible to use a less soluble host monomer II ', however at this time special equipment may be required to continuously dissolve the monomer or functionalized molecule into the reaction medium. The solubility may be influenced by the choice of the core structure ' substituents, functional groups and / or the space or length of the functional groups. In the scope of the present invention, the chromophore of the sub-body means a fluorescent molecule, which has an absorption region that partially overlaps with the emission area of an individual subject in the system-'wherein, these sub-chromophores receive from The energy of the main molecule, and-6-^ The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

1220902 A7 __ B7__ 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .&發射轉移之能曇成為輻射且其波長相同於如、分子形式溶 解於溶劑中之相同副體分子的發射波長。進一步之需求為 組成物中之副體分子的濃度必須不相互結合以形成定域化 副體領域,而事實上係Μ於聚合物整體中分離實體存在, 如同它們係分子形式地被溶解。使用於製備本發明組成物 之副體單體或官能基化副體分子較佳為充份地溶解於反應 介質,致使它能簡易地有肋於它本身參與螢光聚合物形成 反應。該反應介質可為共聚單體或適當的溶劑°亦可使用 較不溶解的副體單體,然而此時可能需要特別的設備用於 不斷地溶解該單體或官能基化分子至反應介質之内。溶解 度可能藉由核心结構,取代基,官能基及/或官能基之空 間或長度的選擇而影響。 依據上文之敘逑,一發色團可能於分開的系統中具有 做為主體或副體化合物官能的能力,Μ達到提供所有的需 求。 相較於含有主體單位但缺少副體單位之聚合物,或含 有副體單位但缺少主體單位之聚合物之固態發射強度,本 發明螢光組成物所發射之固體螢光具有極大增強之發射強 度。 於本文中所使甩之『増強因子』係被定義為依據包含 主體及副體螢光部份之固態聚合物波峰高度發射強度與不 含有螢光副體部份之相同聚合鞠比較,増加或減少之因子 (如寨例中常顯示者)。只要激態輻射波長為相同,該比 - Ί - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 ______B7__ 五、發明說明() 較可被視為真實。當與不具副體成分之相同材料比較時, ΐ體/副體材料的發射波長產生於較長波長(較低能量) :本發明之增強因子一般係為正值且較佳應為至少丨.3 , 更佳為至少2旦最佳為至少2 ()。 更甚者,於本發明內容中,副體發色團之吸收光譜與 主體發色團的螢光發射光譜重疊之意義對熟悉本領域者為 清楚的。然而,為幫助其他人之理解,重疊可藉由下列積 分定義為『光譜重疊』 f +〇〇 S = Jo /f(v) /a(v) dv 其中/F(v)為標準化,因此j/00 /p(v) dv與主體的螢光量子產 率相等,且其中v為波數,,f為κ量子測定之主體螢光光 譜,及/Α為副體莫耳消光係數的光譜分佈。以光譜重疊理 解光冷光增強通常為大於1 0,較佳為大於1 ϋ 0 ,更佳為大 於5 0 0 。上限並無任何意義,因為『重疊』量並沒有最大 值(卽愈大愈佳)。 於本發明內容中,『均勻』與『均勻地』一詞意為於 基質,即聚合物,中之成份(即粒子)為平均地,均勻地 或均質地分佈或分散於基質(聚合物基質)之間,及於理 想的情形係較佳為相互間實質地距離相等。如今依據觀察 詰果,因為具有亮及暗螢光區域,及與主體發射顔色更相 近於副體者之發射顔色區域之共存在降低,更平均或均勻 的分佈為更佳的螢光性質。ft舛,均勻或均質或平均分佈 為較佳,因為通常的聚集機會被減少。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 1 A7 ____ B7 五、發明說明() 於本發明內容中,『溶解』一詞意為分子之存在於所 驗予環境或基質為游離及分雛實體’較佳係於此方式下其 脫離相同種類分子之間的任何交互作用,亦及其完全地被 I 基質分子包園。通常基質可為液體有機溶劑,或例如聚合 物或其他螢光材料(主體)之固態材料,其具有不同的化 學構成或粒子,於其中聚合物被溶解°於溶解態中分子的 濃度限度通常極度地依分子及基質介質之間的合併性質’ 及/或存於副體分子之間的本質内聚力而定。依此,其不 可能對較佳濃度定義出一般範圍,因此,通常必須基於嚐 試錯誤處理,例如藉由一些簡單的實驗。 本發明螢光聚合物光冷光的發射最大值較佳範圍為由 約400至約80(1毫微米,更佳為由約42G至約780毫微光 ,特別佳為由約4 2 (3至約7 5 〇毫微米。 支撐材料可例如包括具有主體及副體懸垂之線性或經 交聯聚合物,或含有主體和副體结搆且懸垂於表面的表面 改桉聚合物結構。原則上,本發明組成物可具有二種不同 完全形式,|卩(a )由具有主體和副體分子之聚合物直接 或經由橋鐽基與聚合物主鍵共價連接而實質地組成,或 ί B )由主體和副體分子直接或經由橋鐽基於有機支撐材 料之表面共價連接而實質地組成。 下列敍逑首先係有關於完全形式(Β ),相較於完全 形式(Α),因為主體和副體分子並不位於有機粒子的内 部,其具有降低主體和副體分子消耗的進一步的優點。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1220902 A7 __ B7__ V. Description of the invention () (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). &Amp; The energy of emission transfer becomes radiation and its wavelength is the same as that of the same subsidiary in molecular form dissolved in solvent The emission wavelength of the molecule. A further requirement is that the concentrations of the subsidiary molecules in the composition must not be combined with each other to form a localized subsidiary domain, but in fact exist as separate entities in the polymer as a whole, as if they were dissolved in molecular form. The subsidiary monomer or functionalized subsidiary molecule used for preparing the composition of the present invention is preferably sufficiently dissolved in the reaction medium, so that it can simply be ribbed to participate in the fluorescent polymer formation reaction itself. The reaction medium may be a comonomer or a suitable solvent. A less soluble auxiliary monomer may also be used. However, special equipment may be required at this time to continuously dissolve the monomer or functionalized molecule into the reaction medium. Inside. Solubility may be affected by the choice of core structure, substituents, functional groups and / or space or length of functional groups. According to the above description, a chromophore may have the ability to function as a main or auxiliary compound in a separate system, and M can provide all the requirements. Compared with the solid-state emission intensity of a polymer containing a host unit but lacking a subsidiary unit, or a polymer containing a host unit but lacking a subsidiary unit, the solid fluorescent light emitted by the fluorescent composition of the present invention has greatly enhanced emission intensity. . The "strength factor" as used herein is defined as the comparison of the peak emission intensity of a solid polymer containing the fluorescent part of the main body and the auxiliary body with that of the same polymer that does not contain the fluorescent auxiliary body part. Reduced factors (such as those often shown in the case). As long as the wavelength of the excitatory radiation is the same, this ratio-Ί-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 ______B7__ 5. The description of the invention () can be regarded as true. When compared with the same material without auxiliary body composition, the emission wavelength of the carcass / auxiliary material is generated at a longer wavelength (lower energy): the enhancement factor of the present invention is generally positive and preferably should be at least 丨. 3, more preferably at least 2 denier, most preferably at least 2 (). Furthermore, in the context of the present invention, the significance of the overlap of the absorption spectrum of the secondary chromophore and the fluorescence emission spectrum of the host chromophore is clear to those skilled in the art. However, to help others understand, overlap can be defined as "spectral overlap" by the following integral f + 〇〇S = Jo / f (v) / a (v) dv where / F (v) is normalized, so j / 00 / p (v) dv is equal to the fluorescence quantum yield of the host, where v is the wave number, f is the main fluorescence spectrum measured by κ quantum, and / A is the spectral distribution of the Mohr extinction coefficient of the subsidiary. The spectral superposition of light and cold light enhancement is usually greater than 10, preferably greater than 1 ϋ 0, and more preferably greater than 5 0 0. The upper limit does not make any sense because the amount of "overlap" does not have a maximum value (the larger the value, the better). In the context of the present invention, the terms "uniform" and "uniformly" mean to the matrix, that is, the polymer, the components (ie particles) in the matrix are evenly, uniformly or homogeneously distributed or dispersed in the matrix (the polymer matrix ), And in the ideal case, are preferably substantially equal to each other. According to observations, the coexistence of bright and dark fluorescent areas and the emission color areas that are closer to the subject's emission color than those of the subsidiary body is reduced, and a more even or uniform distribution is better fluorescence properties. ft 舛, homogeneous or homogeneous or evenly distributed is preferred, as the usual chance of aggregation is reduced. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ----------- installation -------- order --------- ( Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1220902 1 A7 ____ B7 V. Description of the invention () In the context of the present invention, the word "dissolved" means that the molecule exists in the tested environment or the matrix is free and separated. The chick entity 'is preferably in this way that it is detached from any interaction between molecules of the same kind, and also completely encapsulated by the I matrix molecule. Usually the matrix can be a liquid organic solvent, or a solid material such as a polymer or other fluorescent material (host), which has a different chemical composition or particles, in which the polymer is dissolved. The concentration limit of molecules in the dissolved state is usually extremely extreme. The ground depends on the merging nature between the molecules and the matrix medium 'and / or the intrinsic cohesion between the molecules of the accessory body. Based on this, it is not possible to define a general range for the better concentration, and therefore, it is usually necessary to deal with errors based on trials, for example, by some simple experiments. The emission light of the fluorescent polymer of the present invention preferably has a maximum emission range from about 400 to about 80 (1 nanometer, more preferably from about 42G to about 780 nanometers, particularly preferably from about 4 2 (3 to Approximately 750 nanometers. The support material may include, for example, a linear or crosslinked polymer having a main body and a subsidiary body overhang, or a surface-modified polymer structure containing a main body and a subsidiary body structure and depending on the surface. In principle, The composition of the present invention may have two different complete forms, | 卩 (a) consists essentially of a polymer having a host and a subsidiary molecule directly or via a bridging group covalently connected to the polymer main bond, or BB) by The main and auxiliary molecules are essentially composed directly or via bridges based on the covalent connection of the surface of the organic support material. The following description first relates to the complete form (B), compared to the complete form (Α), because the main and auxiliary The body molecules are not located inside the organic particles, which has the further advantage of reducing the consumption of main and auxiliary molecules. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the note on the back first matter Complete this page)

[子20902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 完 的或透 固性, 當需要 撐材料 佳之支 有 一,硫 材料可 其等可 。合成 具有官 維素, 化或經 為習知 子為聚 體之共 甲基丙 代烯烴 基烷基 丙烯酸 代或經 基丙烯 全形式 明。透 熱塑性 藉由電 於表面 撐材料 (B ) 明支撐 或结構 漿處理 上含有 為玻璃 機支撐材料之 之有機支撐 材料為較佳 交聯化之塑 或選擇性地 官能基用於 和塑膠,例 官能基較佳 醇一,羧基一,S03 基 為已於 能為一 聚合物 能基之 澱粉或 C i -者且可 乙烯醇 聚物; 婦酸, 為共聚 甲基丙 ,丙烯 取代婦 醢胺和 表面改 種天然 亦可為 翬體。 聚胺基 C 8醯 藉由習 和乙烯 聚甲基 丙烯酸 單體的 烯酸酯 酸及/ 烴為共 丙烯基 性之聚合物 或合成聚合 乳液聚合物 天然聚合物 葡糖,其可 基部份酯化 知的方法製 醇與未經取 丙烯酸,聚 及/或順丁 共聚物;聚 和聚順丁烯 或順丁烯二 聚簞體的共 隨胺,甲基 材料可為 者0 適當 膠,玻璃 於反應性 連接主體 如具有官 係選自包 或異氟酸 ,例如藉 物得自含 和晶格, 的例子為 不透明 的支撐 ,陶瓷 氣體時 和副體 能基的 含胺基 酯基。 由電漿 有官能 其包含 聚糖, C 4烷 ,半透明 材料為熱 和礦物。 ,該等支 分子。較 塑膠。 -,羥基 有機支撐 處理,或 性之蜇體 至少一個 例如為孅 基部份醚 經C 1 。具官 備。合 代或經 丙烯酸 烯二酸 羥基烷 二酸羥 酸之羥 聚物; 丙烯醜 能基的 成聚合 取代烯 和聚順 與未經 基丙烯 基烷基 基烷基 聚丙烯 胺或均 合成聚合物 物的一些例 烴為共聚單 丁烯二酸和 取代或經取 酸酯,聚羥 酯,和甲基 酯與未經取 釀胺和聚甲 與未經取代: 0 ^1 ϋ n I ϋ .^1 n ϋ I · fli n n an n n I ϋ ϋ ϋ I I I ml I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -10 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 ! A7 ______Β7___ 五、發明說明() 或經取代烯烴為共聚單體之共聚物;聚胺基烷基丙烯酸酯 ,一甲基丙烯酸_和~順丁烯二酸酯和胺基烷基丙烯酸酯 ,一甲基丙烯酸酯,一順丁烯二酸酯或上逑之二或三者與 未經取代或經取代烯烴為共聚單體之共聚物;聚羥基烷基 ! 一或聚胺基烷基乙烯醇和羥基烷基乙烯醚,胺基烷基乙烯 | _或兩者輿未經取代或經取代烯烴為共聚單體之共聚物; 得自丁二烯,異戊二烯或氯丁二烯之羥基化聚丁二烯和丁 二烯,異戊二烯,氯丁二烯或上述之二或三者與未經取代 或經取代烯烴為共聚單體之共聚麴;羥基一或胺聚苯乙烯 ,氯申基聚苯乙烯,和聚苯乙烯磺酸和羥基苯乙烯,胺基 笨乙烯,氯甲基苯乙烯,聚苯乙烯磺酸,或上逑之二或三 者與未經取代或經取代烯烴為共聚單體之共聚物;聚縮水 甘油基醚和羥基烷基化或胺基烷基化聚縮水甘油基醚;和 得自含羥基單體的聚酯,聚醯胺和聚胺基甲酸乙酯。支撐 材料亦可由熱固性樹脂組成,例如環氧樹脂,蜜胺一甲醛 樹脂和酚醛樹詣。適當的烯烴共聚單體例如為乙烯,丙烯 ,丁烯,戊烯,辛烯,氯乙烯,二氯乙烯,苯乙烯和丙烯 購。支撐材料亦可由經交聯聚合物組成,例如具官能基化 涵烴,選擇性地非官能基化烯烴單體,及二烯烴單體如丁 二,二乙烯基苯或二醇一二丙烯酸酯或二醇一二甲基丙 烯酸酯之聚合物,烯烴可選自上逑含有烯烴之官能基。進 一步適當的乙烯基聚合物為聚乙烯基毗咯烷酮,聚乙烯基 咪睡和聚乙烯基啶,和乙烯基毗咯烷乙烯基_唑, -11- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() 乙烯基碌睡,乙烯基毗啶或上逑之二或三者與未經取代或 經取代烯烴為共聚單體之共聚物。 聚合物或為嵌段聚合物,交替聚合物(alternating pol yiuers),接枝聚合物或無規聚合物。 於一涸具體實_例,和本發明的進一步目的中,本發 明組成物係由粒子形式之有機材料組成,藉此主體和副體 分子直接或經由橋鍵基共價連接至該等粒子表面。 粒子可具有平均直徑50毫米至1000微米,較佳為0 . 1 至50 0微米,更佳為ϋ. 1至100微米,及特別佳為5至50微 米。粒子依製造方法可為圓形或不規則形,且可為緊密或 多孔。粒子的大小與其等最終的應用需求為相同。 有機組成物可例如為得自聚合物及類似者之成形物品 。物品的大小和形狀為任意且依最終用途而定。這些成形 物品為本發明之進一步較佳具體實施例。使用於成形物品 之支撐材料表面可為光滑或多孔。該等成形物品包括任何 複合结構。 本發明之非經交聯聚合物之重量平均分子量當例如Μ 凝膠滲透色曆分析法決定,使用聚苯乙烯為校正標準時, 通常之範圍由1〇3至2 X 106 ,較佳為104至II)6 ,更佳 為 2 X 1 ί)4 至 1 0 6 ,及最佳為 4 X 1 04 至 5 X 1 0 5 g m ο 1 一 0 於表面上的主體發色團數量相對於總組成物較佳為由 0 . 0 0 G 0 I至1 0,較佳為0 · 0 0 1至5,更佳為0 . 0 0 1至3 ,及 -12- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)[子 20902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Complete or permeability, when a good support material is needed, sulfur materials can be equivalent. Synthetic with official vitamins, or chemical compounds are known as polymers.) Acrylic alkene alkyl acrylate or propylene propylene in full form. Thermoplastics are electrically supported on the surface support material (B). The organic support material is preferably a glass machine support material. Cross-linked plastic or selective functional groups are used for plastics. For example, the functional group is preferably alcohol one, carboxyl group, and S03 group is starch or C i-which can be a polymer energy group and vinyl alcohol can be used. Polymer; Folic acid, which is a copolymer of methyl propylene, propylene substituted for acetamide, and the surface modification can also be a carcass. Polyamino C 8 醯 acrylate acid And / or the hydrocarbon is a propylene-based polymer or a synthetic polymer emulsion polymer, a natural polymer of glucose, which can be esterified in a known manner to produce alcohols and copolymers of acrylic acid, poly and / or butyl butadiene; Juhe The co-acid amine of cis-butene or cis-butene dimer, the methyl material can be 0. Suitable glue, the glass is reactively connected to the main body, if it has an official system selected from the group consisting of clathrate or isofluoric acid. And lattice, examples are opaque support, ceramic gas and amine-containing ester groups in the secondary energy group. It is functional by plasma which contains glycans, C 4 alkanes, translucent materials are heat and minerals, etc. Branched molecules. More plastic.-At least one of the hydroxyl organic support treatment, or sex of the carcass, for example, is a fluorenyl part of the ether via C 1. Officially prepared. Substituted or via acrylic acid oxalic acid hydroxyalkane dicarboxylic acid Some examples of polymerized substituted olefins and polycis and unsynyl propenyl alkyl alkyl polyacrylamides or homosynthetic polymers of hydroxy polymers; copolymers are copolymerized monobutenedioic acid and substituted or With acid esters, polyhydroxy esters, and methyl esters with non-fermented amines and polymethylates with unsubstituted: 0 ^ 1 ϋ n I ϋ. ^ 1 n ϋ I · fli nn an nn I ϋ ϋ ϋ III ml I (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -10 sheets Zhang scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902! A7 ______B7___ 5. Description of the invention () or copolymer of substituted olefin as comonomer; polyamino alkyl acrylate, monomethyl Acrylic acid_ and maleic acid esters and amino alkyl acrylates, monomethacrylates, maleic acid esters or two or three of the above are copolymerized with unsubstituted or substituted olefins Copolymers of monomers; polyhydroxyalkyl! Mono- or polyaminoalkyl vinyl alcohol and hydroxyalkyl vinyl ether, amino alkyl ethylene | _ or both uncoated or substituted olefins are comonomer copolymers Hydroxylated polybutadiene and butadiene, isoprene, chloroprene, or two or three of the above obtained from butadiene, isoprene, or chloroprene with unsubstituted or Copolymers with substituted olefins as comonomers; hydroxy mono- or amine polystyrene, chloroshenyl polystyrene, and polystyrene sulfonic acid and hydroxystyrene, amine styrene, chloromethylstyrene, polybenzene Ethylene sulfonic acid, or two or three of the above, copolymerized with unsubstituted or substituted olefins The body of the copolymer; and polyglycidyl ethers of hydroxyalkyl amine or alkylated polyglycidyl ether; available from polyesters, and hydroxyl-containing monomers, polyamide and the polyurethane. The support material may also be composed of a thermosetting resin, such as epoxy resin, melamine-formaldehyde resin, and phenol resin. Suitable olefin comonomers are, for example, ethylene, propylene, butene, pentene, octene, vinyl chloride, dichloroethylene, styrene and propylene. The support material may also be composed of cross-linked polymers, such as functionalized culverts, optionally non-functionalized olefin monomers, and diene monomers such as butadiene, divinylbenzene, or diol-diacrylate Or a diol-dimethacrylate polymer, the olefin may be selected from the functional groups containing olefins on the top. Further suitable vinyl polymers are polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone and polyvinylpyridine, and vinylpyrrolidylvinylazole. -11- This paper is in accordance with Chinese national standards (CNS ) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) ------------ install -------- order --------- (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page) 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () Copolymer of vinyl sulfide, vinyl pyridine or two or three of the above and unsubstituted or substituted olefin as comonomer. The polymer may be a block polymer, an alternating polymer (alternating pol yiuers), a graft polymer or a random polymer. In a concrete example and a further object of the present invention, the composition of the present invention is composed of an organic material in the form of particles, whereby the main and auxiliary molecules are covalently connected to the surface of such particles directly or via a bridge bond group. . The particles may have an average diameter of from 50 mm to 1000 μm, preferably from 0.1 to 500 μm, more preferably from 1 to 100 μm, and particularly preferably from 5 to 50 μm. The particles may be circular or irregular in shape according to the manufacturing method, and may be dense or porous. The size of the particles is the same as their final application requirements. The organic composition may be, for example, a shaped article obtained from a polymer and the like. The size and shape of the item is arbitrary and depends on the end use. These shaped articles are further preferred embodiments of the present invention. The surface of the supporting material used for the shaped article may be smooth or porous. Such shaped articles include any composite structure. When the weight average molecular weight of the non-crosslinked polymer of the present invention is determined by, for example, M gel permeation color history analysis, using polystyrene as a calibration standard, the usual range is from 103 to 2 X 106, preferably 104 to II) 6, more preferably 2 X 1 ί) 4 to 1 0 6, and most preferably 4 X 1 04 to 5 X 1 0 5 gm ο 1-0 The number of host chromophores on the surface relative to the total composition The material is preferably from 0. 0 0 G 0 I to 10, more preferably 0. 0 0 1 to 5, more preferably 0. 0 1 to 3, and -12. This paper size applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

Γ n n n ^ ^ 0 ϋ βϋ ϋ n ϋ i^i ί I 1220902 A7 __B7__ 五、發明說明() 最佳為0 . 0 ίΠ.至2重量百分率。 _體發色團數量相對於總組成物較佳為由0.0000 1至 5重量百分率,更佳為0 . ϋ 0 0 0 1至3,最佳為0 · 0 0 0 0 1至2 重量百分率。 主體對副體的重量比率範圍係由50 : 50至9 9 9 5 : 5, 較佳為6 : 4至9 9 9 : 1,及更佳為7 0 : 3 G至9 9 9 : 1。 主體和副體分子有利地經由一橋鍵基共價連接至支撐 材料。橋鍵基可含有1至60個原子,較佳為1至3G個原子 ,及特別佳為1至2 0個原子,且係選自包含C,0,S和 Ν。特別佳之橋鐽基為烴殘基,其可經一或多個選自包含 0,S,Ν或C (0)基之雜原子插入及/或Μ其中之一的雑 原子為終_,及較佳總共含有由1至4 0個原子,較佳為2 至30個原子及尤其佳為3至20個原子。 主體和副體分子直接或經由橋鍵基共價連接至支撐材 料·表面可Μ式I及ί a表示, - X t - ( R t ) r - ( X 2 ) s - R 3 -主體 (I ), -X ! - (R i )x-(X2 )y-R3 -副體 (la), 其中 X t及X 2分別意為直接鐽,或X ί及X 2分別意為—0 一 ,,-NRz -,-((〕0)+,-0_C(G)-,- 0-C(0) -0… - SUj: -0-,- 0 - S 0 2 一, - 0 - S 0 z -0-,- NR2 -C(0)-, - C(()),z …,-c(〇)+,0-C(0) - NR2 -,-NR2 - c (〇) -,-nr2 -sο2 一, ~s〇2 -NR2 -,-S〇2 一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) --------訂---------Γ n n n ^ ^ 0 ϋ βϋ ϋ n ϋ i ^ i 1220902 A7 __B7__ 5. Description of the invention () The best is 0. 0 ίΠ to 2 weight percent. The number of body chromophores is preferably from 0.0000 1 to 5 weight percent with respect to the total composition, more preferably 0. ϋ 0 0 0 1 to 3, and most preferably 0 · 0 0 0 0 1 to 2 weight percent. The weight ratio of the main body to the auxiliary body ranges from 50:50 to 9 9 9 5: 5, preferably 6: 4 to 9 9 9: 1, and more preferably 70: 3 G to 9 9 9: 1. The main and auxiliary molecules are advantageously covalently linked to the support material via a bridge group. The bridging group may contain 1 to 60 atoms, preferably 1 to 3 G atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 20 atoms, and is selected from the group consisting of C, 0, S, and N. Particularly preferred bridging groups are hydrocarbon residues which can be inserted through one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of 0, S, N or C (0) and / or one of the fluorene atoms is final, and It preferably contains from 1 to 40 atoms in total, preferably from 2 to 30 atoms and particularly preferably from 3 to 20 atoms. The host and accessory molecules are covalently linked to the support material directly or via a bridge group. The surface can be represented by Formula I and ίa,-X t-(R t) r-(X 2) s-R 3-host (I ), -X!-(R i) x- (X2) y-R3-auxiliary body (la), where X t and X 2 respectively mean direct 鐽, or X ί and X 2 respectively mean -0 one, , -NRz-,-(() 0) +, -0_C (G)-,-0-C (0) -0 ...-SUj: -0-,-0-S 0 2 one,-0-S 0 z -0-,-NR2 -C (0)-, -C (()), z ..., -c (〇) +, 0-C (0)-NR2-, -NR2-c (〇)-, -nr2 -sο2 I, ~ s〇2 -NR2-, -S〇2 A paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the note on the back? Matters before filling in this Page) -------- Order ---------

1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() 0 -,- 0 - S 0 2 ~ N R 2 -或-N R 2 - S 0 2 ~ N R 2 _, 每一 R ί分別意為二價橋鍵基, (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 主體為單價主體分子, 副體為m價副體分子, R 2分别為Η,C ί 一 C 1 2烷基,C 5 —或C e環烷基 ,—或Ce環烷基甲基或一乙基,苯基,苯甲基或1-苯基-2-乙基, R3分別為直接鍵,C! 一 C! 8亞烷基,C5 —或C6 亞環烷基,C 6 — C t 〇亞芳基或C 7 — C i 2亞芳烷基1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () 0-,-0-S 0 2 ~ NR 2-or -NR 2-S 0 2 ~ NR 2 _, each R means a divalent bridge bond group, (please Read the notes on the back before filling in this page) The host is a monovalent host molecule, and the accessory is an m-valent accessory molecule, R 2 is Η, C ί a C 1 2 alkyl, C 5 — or C e cycloalkyl ——— Ce cycloalkylmethyl or monoethyl, phenyl, benzyl or 1-phenyl-2-ethyl, R3 is a direct bond, C! —C! 8 alkylene, C5—or C6 cycloalkylene, C 6-C t 〇 arylene or C 7-C i 2 aralkylene

Γ意為數目0或1及S意為數目0或1 ,唯若r為0則S 為0除外,及 X意為數目0或1及y意為數目0或1 ,唯若X為0則y 為0除外。 於本發明內容中,R 2之烷基較佳為1至6個及特別 佳為]至4個碳原子。部份例子為甲基,乙基,正一或異 一丙基,丁基,戊基,己基及庚基。於本發明内容中,R 2 之環烷基較佳為環己基,及環烷基甲基,環己基φ基為較 佳者。於一較佳之具體實施例中,R 2意為Η或C ί. 一 C 4 烷基。二價橋鍵基較佳為烴殘基,其較佳含有1至30個, 較佳為2至20個,最佳為3至20個且特別佳為3至18個碳 原子,其係未經取代或經一或多次Ci 一 C4烷基,Ci 一 C 4烷氧基或=0取代。烴殘基亦可經一或多次選自包 - 1 4 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7__ 五、發明說明() 含-(! -,-S-及- NR2 -之雜原子插入,致使R 2較佳為Η或 C i — C 4烷基。 二價橋鐽基可為線性或分枝之c i 一 C 2 〇 —,較佳 為C 2 — C i 2亞烷基。部份例子為亞甲基,亞乙基,1, 2-或1,3-亞丙基,1,2-,1,3-或1,4-亞丁基,亞戊基,亞 己基,亞庚基,亞辛基,亞十二烷基,亞十四烷基,亞十 六烷基和亞十八烷基。 二價橋鐽基可為具有2至1 2個,較佳為2至6個及最 佳為2至4個氧化烯單位且於亞烷基部份具有2至4個, 較佳為2或3個碳原子之聚氧化烯。特別佳者為具2至6 個氧化烯單位之聚氧化乙烯及聚氧化丙烯。 二價橋鐽基可為C 5 — C ί 2 —,較佳為C S — C 8 一及最佳為C5 —或Ce亞環烷基,如亞環戊基,亞環己 基,亞環辛基或亞環十二烷基。 二價橋鐽基好為C S — C ί 2 —,較佳為c S — C 8 一及更佳為c 5 —或C 6環烷基一 C ; 一 C t 2亞烷基及 最佳為c ς —或c 6環烷基一 c i 一 C 4亞烷基。部份例 -f為一·環戊基一C η Η 2 η -及一環己基一 C η Η 2 η -,其中η意 為數@ 1 1 4。特別佳者為一環己基一 CH2 -。 二價橋鐽基可為— Ci 2 —,較佳為C5 —C3 一及更佳為C 5 —或C β環烷基一(C 一 C i 2亞烷基)z 一及最佳為一 一 C4亞烷基)2 。部份例子為一環 戊基一(C η Η 2 η - ) 2及一環己基一(C η Η 2 η - ) 2 ,其中π意 -15- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------裝--------訂--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7____ 五、發明說明() 為數目1至4。特別佳者為- CH2 ~環己基_CH2 -。 二價橋鐽基可為C ,5 — C ! 4亞芳基及較佳為C $ ~ C i。亞芳基,例如亞萘基或更佳為亞笨基。二價橋鐽基 可為C 7 — C 2。,較佳為C 7 — C i 2亞芳烷基°更佳 為亞芳基一 CnHz η-,其中亞芳基意為亞萘基及亞苯基, 及η意為數目1至4。例子為亞苯甲基及亞苯乙基。 二價橋鐽基可為芳香烴基一(CiiHz η-)2 -,其中芳香 烴基較佳為亞萘基及更佳為亞苯基,及η意為數目1至4 。例子為亞苯二甲基及亞苯基(CH2 CHz )2 -。 R 3之亞烷基較佳為1至1 2個及較佳為1至6個碳原 子。特別佳之例子為亞甲基,亞乙基,1,2-或1,3-亞丙基 及1,2-,1,3-或1,4_亞丁基。R 3為亞芳基時較佳為®苯 基及為亞芳烷基時較佳為亞苯甲基。 於一個較佳具體實蔽例中,橋鍵基可被選自式I b -C ( 0)- 0 - R,-〇 - C ( 0)- ( r,)- (lb) 其中R '為C 2至C 2 〇 ,較佳為C 2至c ! 2.,及最佳 為c2至(:6亞烷基,亞苯基,亞苯甲基,或具有較佳為 2至6個,及更佳為2至4個氧化烯及/或氧化丙烯單位 之寡氧化烯,及R ' 〃意為直接鐽,c i至C ! 2亞烷棊 ,亞苯基或亞苯φ基。 主體分子較佳係選自具有吸收波長範圍於3 0 0至700毫 黴米及螢光於波長範圍4 G ϋ至7 8 {)毫微米者。 副體分子較佳係選自具有吸收波長範圍於380至780毫 一 16 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) {請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁}Γ means the number 0 or 1 and S means the number 0 or 1, except that if r is 0, then S is 0, and X means the number 0 or 1 and y means the number 0 or 1, except if X is 0. Except y is 0. In the context of the present invention, the alkyl group of R 2 is preferably from 1 to 6 and particularly preferably] to 4 carbon atoms. Some examples are methyl, ethyl, n- or iso-propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl and heptyl. In the present invention, a cycloalkyl group of R 2 is preferably a cyclohexyl group, and a cycloalkylmethyl group, and a cyclohexylφ group is more preferable. In a preferred embodiment, R 2 means fluorene or C .. C 4 alkyl. The divalent bridge bond group is preferably a hydrocarbon residue, which preferably contains 1 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, most preferably 3 to 20, and particularly preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms. Substituted or substituted with one or more Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy or = 0. Hydrocarbon residues can also be selected from the package one or more times.-1 4-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7__ 5. Description of the invention () Contains-(!- The insertion of heteroatoms of -S- and -NR2- makes R 2 is preferably fluorene or C i -C 4 alkyl. The divalent bridge fluorenyl may be linear or branched ci-C 2 0—, preferably C 2-C i 2 alkylene. Some examples are methylene, ethylene, 1, 2- or 1, 3-propylene, 1, 2-, 1, 3- or 1, 4- Butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, dodecylidene, tetradecylidene, hexadecylidene, and octadecylidene. The divalent bridging group may have Polyoxyalkylenes having 2 to 12, preferably 2 to 6, and most preferably 2 to 4 alkylene oxide units and having 2 to 4, preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms in the alkylene moiety Particularly preferred are polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide having 2 to 6 alkylene oxide units. The divalent bridging group may be C 5 — C ί 2 —, preferably CS — C 8 and most preferably C 5 —Or Ce cycloalkylene, such as cyclopentylene, cyclohexylene, cyclooctyl, or cyclotenyl The divalent bridging group is preferably CS — C ί 2 —, preferably c S — C 8 — and more preferably c 5 — or C 6 cycloalkyl — C; — C t 2 alkylene and The most preferred is Cς—or c 6 cycloalkyl—ci—C 4 alkylene. In some cases, -f is cyclopentyl—C η Η 2 η — and cyclohexyl—C η Η 2 η-, Where η means the number @ 1 1 4. Particularly preferred is a cyclohexyl-CH2-. The divalent bridging group may be-Ci 2-, preferably C5 -C3-and more preferably C 5-or C β cycloalkane Radicals (C 1 -C i 2 alkylene) z 1 and most preferably 1 -C 4 alkylene) 2. Some examples are a cyclopentyl- (C η Η 2 η-) 2 and a cyclohexyl- (C η Η 2 η-) 2, of which π means -15-. This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210 X 297 mm) ------------ Installation -------- Order --- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 1220902 A7 _B7____ V. Invention Explanation () is the number 1 to 4. Particularly preferred is -CH2 ~ cyclohexyl_CH2-. The divalent bridge fluorenyl may be C, 5—C! 4arylene and preferably C $ ~ Ci. Arylene, for example naphthylene or more preferably is phenylene. The divalent bridge base may be C 7-C 2. Preferably, C 7 -C i 2 aralkylene ° is more preferably arylene-CnHz η-, where arylene means naphthylene and phenylene, and η means the number 1 to 4. Examples are benzyl and phenethyl. The divalent bridging group may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group (CiiHz η-) 2-, wherein the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a naphthylene group and more preferably a phenylene group, and η means a number of 1 to 4. Examples are phenylene dimethyl and phenylene (CH2 CHz) 2-. The alkylene group of R 3 is preferably 1 to 12 and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred examples are methylene, ethylene, 1,2- or 1,3-propylene, and 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-butylene. When R 3 is an arylene group, it is preferably a phenyl group, and when R 3 is an aralkylene group, a benzyl group is preferable. In a preferred embodiment, the bridge group may be selected from the formula I b -C (0)-0-R, -〇- C (0)-(r,)-(lb) where R ′ is C 2 to C 2 0, preferably C 2 to c! 2., and most preferably c 2 to (: 6 alkylene, phenylene, benzyl, or having preferably 2 to 6, And more preferably an oligoalkylene oxide of 2 to 4 alkylene oxide and / or propylene oxide units, and R '〃 means direct fluorene, ci to C! 2 alkylene fluorene, phenylene or phenylene φ group. Host molecule Preferably, it is selected from those having an absorption wavelength in the range of 300 to 700 nm, and a fluorescence in the wavelength range of 4 G ϋ to 7 8 {) nm. The accessory molecules are preferably selected from those having an absorption wavelength in the range of 380 to 780 millimeters. 16-This paper is sized to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) {Please read the note on the back first? Matters refill this page}

n ϋ n n I n n n n I 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() 歡米及螢光於波長範圍400至8ϋϋ毫微米者。較佳為副體分 子具有螢光量子產率0.1至1.0 ,較佳為(Κ3至1.0 ,更 佳為ΰ . 5至1 . ΰ及最佳為0 . 7至]..0。 較佳者為主體和副體單體结構之溶解度為令它們可簡 易地有肋於其等本身溶液聚合作用或可簡易地溶解於整體 聚合作用混合物之共聚翬體中。可於溶液聚合作用中使用 之溶劑為熟於此藝者所習知者。 使用於完全形式(Β)之副體發色團較佳為單價。該 等副體發色團可選自廣範圍的發色團,只要其等具有螢光 和趿收波長輿主體成份之發射波長至少部份地重疊。 於式I a中之副體較佳為單價殘基且係選自包含喹if 啶_,jb,二_|毗咯並ift咯,螢光素,若丹明,香豆素, 咕吨,芘,噁嗪,噁唑,花青,舦菁,紫菜鹼,苯乙烯基 更佳地,於式I a中之副體為單價殘基且係選自包含 嗤吖啶_,二酮砒咯並毗喀,若丹明,及北。 最佳者,所選之副體可為未經取代或經取代以鹵素如 F ,C ί , B r , ]: ,- C N,- N 0 2 ,C i 至 C | 8 烷基, C 3至C ! z環烷基,C 6至C i 8芳基,C 5至C t 7 雜芳基,C 3 1 C ^ 2環烷基,C 6至C i 8芳烷基,C 5至C f 7雜芳烷基,C ί至C i 8烷氧基,C 3至C i 2環烷氧基,8芳氧基,C5至Ci 7雜芳氧 基,c 3至C i 2環烷基烷氧基,C 6至c i 8芳烷氧基 -17- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) —* i···· i·— n n ϋ n ov fl ϋ i_s n n n n ϋ I · 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明()n ϋ n n I n n n n I 1220902 A7 _B7_ 5. Description of the invention () Huanmi and fluorescence in the wavelength range of 400 to 8 ϋϋ nanometers. Preferably, the accessory molecule has a fluorescent quantum yield of 0.1 to 1.0, more preferably (K3 to 1.0, more preferably ΰ. 5 to 1. ΰ, and most preferably, 0.7 to] .. 0. The more preferable is The solubility of the main and auxiliary monomer structures is such that they can be simply ribbed to their own solution polymerization or can be easily dissolved in the copolymerized body of the overall polymerization mixture. The solvents that can be used in solution polymerization are Those skilled in the art are familiar with. The accessory chromophores used in the complete form (B) are preferably monovalent. These secondary chromophores can be selected from a wide range of chromophores as long as they have fluorescent The emission wavelengths of light and emission wavelengths of the main component at least partially overlap. The adjuvant in Formula Ia is preferably a monovalent residue and is selected from the group consisting of quinifridine _, jb, di_ | Slightly, fluorescein, rhodamine, coumarin, glutamate, hydrazone, oxazine, oxazole, cyanine, cyanine, porphyrine, styryl, more preferably, the auxiliary in formula I a Monovalent residues and are selected from the group consisting of 嗤 acridine_, diketone, pyrrolidine, rhodamine, and north. In the best case, the selected accessory may be unsubstituted Or substituted with a halogen such as F, C ί, B r,]:, -CN, -N 0 2, C i to C | 8 alkyl, C 3 to C! Z cycloalkyl, C 6 to C i 8 Aryl, C 5 to C t 7 heteroaryl, C 3 1 C ^ 2 cycloalkyl, C 6 to C i 8 aralkyl, C 5 to C f 7 heteroaralkyl, C 至 to C i 8 Alkoxy, C 3 to Ci 2 cycloalkoxy, 8aryloxy, C5 to Ci 7 heteroaryloxy, c 3 to Ci 2 cycloalkylalkoxy, C 6 to ci 8 aralkyloxy Base-17- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) — * i ···· i · — nn ϋ n ov fl ϋ i_s nnnn ϋ I · 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention ()

,c S至C i 7雑芳烷氧基,C !至C , 8烷基硫基,C 3至C ! 2環烷基硫基,C €ι至C 1 8芳基硫基,C 5至 C I 7雜芳基硫基,C 3至C 1 2環烷基烷基硫基,C 6 至C , 8芳烷基碲基,C 5至C i 7雜芳烷基硫基,C 1 至Cl 8燒基- SO-或- S02 ,C3至C! 2環烷基 -SO-或 -3〇2 ,C 6 至 C ! 8 芳基-S0-或-S02 ,C 5 至 C ! 7 雜 芳基-S0-或-S02 ,C 3至C ! 2環烷基烷基 _so-或-so 2 ,C β 至 C ί 8 芳焼基-s ()-或-S 0 2 ,C Β 至 C 1 7 雜 芳烷基-S0-或 -S02 ,具2至30個碳原子之二級胺基,及 具2至2(i個碳原子之烷氧基烷基。 環脂族和芳香族殘基 < 取代基)亦可經取代,例如經 取代 Μ _ 素如 F ,C 1 或 Β Γ ,-CS,-N02 ,C !至 C i 8 垸基,c 3至c i 2環烷基,C 6至C 8芳基,C 3至 C! 2 環燒基综基,C 6 至〇1 8 芳烷基,C? 至Ci 7 雜芳烷基,Ci至C! 8烷氧基,C3至Ci 2環烷氧基 f C 6至C ; A芳氧基。烷基取代基可為線性或分枝且可 經鹵素SO F或C丨取代。 取代基的例子為F ,C丨,B r ,甲基,乙基,丙基 ,j基,ri基,甲異基,乙氧基,丙氧基,j .氧基,d氧 基,m基碕基,乙基硫基,甲基一或乙基一so-,甲基一 或乙基一 S02-,苯基,苯甲基,甲苯甲醯基,二甲笼基 ,串基苯串基,二甲基苯甲基,氯苯基,二氯苯基,甲氧 基3:基,二串氧基苯基,甲氧基苯甲基,二甲氧基苯甲基 -18- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ϋ ϋ ϋ n 一 ^OJ n ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ - 1220902 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明(), C S to Ci 7 aralkyloxy, C! To C, 8 alkylthio, C 3 to C! 2 cycloalkylthio, C 1 to C 1 8 arylthio, C 5 To CI 7 heteroarylthio, C 3 to C 1 2 cycloalkylalkylthio, C 6 to C, 8 aralkyl telluryl, C 5 to C i 7 heteroarylalkylthio, C 1 To Cl 8 alkyl-SO- or -S02, C3 to C! 2 cycloalkyl-SO- or -302, C 6 to C! 8 aryl-S0- or -S02, C 5 to C! 7 Heteroaryl-S0- or -S02, C 3 to C! 2 cycloalkylalkyl_so- or -so 2, C β to C ί 8 arylfluorenyl-s ()-or -S 0 2, C B to C 1 7 heteroaralkyl-S0- or -S02, a secondary amine group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 2 (i carbon atoms. Cycloaliphatic and Aromatic residues < substituents) may also be substituted, for example, substituted M_ elements such as F, C1 or ΒΓ, -CS, -N02, C! To Ci8 fluorenyl, c3 to ci2 ring Alkyl, C 6 to C 8 aryl, C 3 to C! 2 cycloalkyl, C 6 to 〇 1 8 aralkyl, C? To Ci 7 heteroaralkyl, Ci to C! 8 alkoxy Group, C3 to Ci 2 cycloalkoxy f C 6 to C; A aryloxy. Alkyl substituents may be linear or branched and may be substituted with halogen SOF or C 丨. Examples of substituents are F, Ci, Br, methyl, ethyl, propyl, jyl, ri, methyliso, ethoxy, propoxy, j.oxy, doxy, m Methylfluorenyl, ethylthio, methyl- or ethyl-so-, methyl- or ethyl-S02-, phenyl, benzyl, toluenyl, dimethyl cage, phenylene Phenyl, dimethylbenzyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, methoxy3: yl, bisphenyloxyphenyl, methoxybenzyl, dimethoxybenzyl-18-benzyl Paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) ϋ ϋ ϋ n a ^ OJ n ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ 12-1220902 Α7 Β7 5 , Description of the invention ()

^^•09^010^^ • 09 ^ 010

and

及若丹明殘基之鹽類,包含具=N + R〇 ^ t R〇 i 2基之鹽 類,其中 R 〇 6為一個鐽,及R Cl 7與〇 8均為或分別為H或取代 基,或其中之一個R 〇 7為Η且另一個R 〇 s ,R。7及 R 〇 3分別為Η或取代基,或R 〇 8為一個鐽,及另一個 R 〇 7與R 〇 6分別為Η或取代基, 一 19 一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I?20902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() 其中之一個B為--個鐽及另一個為Η或取代基, R 0 I !意為Ci至C2 〇烷基,或苯基或苯甲基,其等 為未經取代或經Ci至〇, 8烷基取代, R 〇 9 S R 〇 ;分別意為Η ,C i至C 2 〇燒基,或苯 基或苯审基,其等為未經取代或經Ci至(:1 8烷基取代 R 〇 ! 2為Η或C ^至C I 8烷基, 其中 環為未經取代或經取M F ,C 1 ,B r ,I ,~ C Ν,- Ν 0 2 ,C !至C 1 8烷基,C 3至C t 2環烷基,C s至C ! 8 芳基,c 5至C 1. 7雑芳基,C 3至C i 2環烷基烷基, C 6至C ! 8芳烧基,C ς至C 1 7雑芳燒基,C i至 C ! 8烷氧基,C 3至C i 2環烷氧基,C 6至C 1 8芳 氧棊,c5 1C! 7雑芳氧基,C3至Cl 2環烷基烷氧 基,至Cl 8芳烷氧基,C5至(:^ 7雜芳烷氧基, Cl MCt 8烷基硫基,C3至(:^ 2環烷基硫基,C6 全C ! 8芳基硫基,C 5至C i 7雑芳基硫基,C 3至 C! 2環烷基烷基碕基,cl5至Cl 8芳烷基硫基,C5 至Cl 7雜芳烷基硫基,C!至Ci 8烷基- so-或 -so2 ,C 3至c i 2環烷基-SO-或-S02 ,C 6至C 1 8芳基- S0-或-S02 ,C 5 至 C 1 7 雜芳基-so-或-S02 ,C 3 至 C 1. 2環烷基烷基- so-或- S02 ,Ce至C ! 8芳烷基-so- 或- S〇2 ,至(〕i 7雜芳烷基- SO -或- S〇2 ,具2至30 -20- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝--------訂---------· 1220902 丨 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() _碳原子之二_胺基,及具2至20個碳原子之烷氧基烷基 〇 環脂族和芳香族殘基(取代基)亦可經取代,例如經 取代以「,(:1,131',1,-^102,(:玉至(:18 燒基,C 3至C 1 2環燒基,C 6至C 1 8芳基,C 3至 (:ί 2環综基燒基,C 6生C 1 3芳燒基,C 5至C 1 7 雜芳烷基,C i至C ! 8烷氧基,C 3;至C t 2環烷基烷 氧基,C β至c i 8芳氧基。烷基可經鹵素如F ,C 1或 B r取代。 更佳之取代基為F ,C 1 ,B r ,甲基,乙基,丙基 ,丁基,己基,甲氧基,乙氧基,丙氧基,丁氧基,己氧 基,甲基硫基,乙基硫基,甲基一或乙基一 S 0 -,甲基一 或乙基一S〇z _ ,苯基,苯甲基,甲苯甲_基,二甲苯基 ,甲基苯甲基,二甲基苯甲基,氯苯基,二氯苯基,甲氧 基苯基,二甲氧基苯基,甲氧基苯甲基,二甲氧基苯甲基 〇 R «:» 1 f較佳意為線性或分枝之C !至C 1 8燒基, 或笼基或苯甲基,其等為未經取代或經C i至C i 2烷基 取代,及R 〇 9及R 〇 1 〇分別較佳意為Η,C I至C ; s 鏡基,或苯基或苯甲基,其等為未經取代或經C ^至C 1 z 烷基取代。例子為甲基,乙基,和丙基,丁基,戊基,己 基,庚基,辛基,子基,癸基,十一燒基,十二综基,十 三烷基,十四烷基,十五烷基,十六烷基,十ir烷基,十 -2 1- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝--------訂---------And rhodamine residues, including salts with = N + R〇 ^ t R〇i 2 group, where R 〇6 is a 鐽, and R Cl 7 and 〇8 are or H or Substituents, or one of which is R7 and the other R0s, R. 7 and R 〇3 are each Η or a substituent, or R 〇8 is a 鐽, and the other R 〇7 and R 〇6 are Η or a substituent, respectively. -19 A paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) I? 20902 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention () One of B is a fluorene and the other is fluorene or a substituent, R 0 I! Means Ci to C2 alkane Or phenyl or benzyl, which are unsubstituted or substituted with Ci to 0.8 alkyl, R 0 9 SR 0; meaning Η, Ci to C 2 0 alkyl, or phenyl, respectively Or benzyl, which are unsubstituted or substituted with Ci to (: 18 alkyl substituted R. 0.2 is Η or C ^ to CI 8 alkyl, wherein the ring is unsubstituted or MF, C 1 , B r, I, ~ C Ν,-Ν 0 2, C! To C 1 8 alkyl, C 3 to C t 2 cycloalkyl, C s to C! 8 aryl, c 5 to C 1. 7雑 aryl, C 3 to C i 2 cycloalkylalkyl, C 6 to C! 8 aralkyl, C to C 1 7 aralkyl, C i to C! 8 alkoxy, C 3 to C i 2 cycloalkoxy, C 6 to C 1 8 aryloxyfluorene, c5 1C! 7 雑 aryloxy, C3 to Cl 2 cycloalkylalkoxy, to Cl 8 arylalkoxy, C5 to : ^ 7 heteroarylalkoxy, Cl MCt 8 alkylthio, C3 to (: ^ 2 cycloalkylthio, C6 per C! 8 arylthio, C 5 to C i 7 arylthio , C 3 to C! 2 cycloalkylalkylfluorenyl, cl5 to Cl 8 aralkylthio, C5 to Cl 7 heteroaralkylthio, C! To Ci 8 alkyl-so- or -so2, C 3 to ci 2 cycloalkyl-SO- or -S02, C 6 to C 1 8 aryl-S0- or -S02, C 5 to C 1 7 heteroaryl-so- or -S02, C 3 to C 1. 2 cycloalkylalkyl-so- or -S02, Ce to C! 8 aralkyl-so- or -S〇2, to () i 7 heteroaralkyl-SO- or -S〇2, With 2 to 30 -20- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -Install -------- Order --------- · 1220902 丨 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () _ carbon atom of two _ amine group, and alkoxyalkyl group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms 0 cycloaliphatic and aromatic The residue (substituent) may also be substituted, for example, substituted with ", (: 1,131 ', 1,-^ 102, (: jade to (: 18 alkyl, C 3 to C 1 2 cycloalkyl, C 6 to C 1 8 aryl, C 3 to (: ί 2 ring heptyl C 6 is C 1 3 aralkyl, C 5 to C 1 7 heteroaralkyl, C i to C! 8 alkoxy, C 3; to C t 2 cycloalkylalkoxy, C β to ci 8 Aryloxy. The alkyl group may be substituted with a halogen such as F, C 1 or B r. More preferred substituents are F, C1, Br, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, hexyloxy, methylsulfide Methyl, ethylthio, methyl- or ethyl-S 0-, methyl- or ethyl-Soz_, phenyl, benzyl, tolyl-methyl, xylyl, methylbenzoyl Group, dimethylbenzyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, methoxybenzyl, dimethoxybenzyl OR «:» 1 f preferably means linear or branched C 1 to C 1 8 alkyl, or cage or benzyl, which are unsubstituted or substituted with Ci to Ci 2 alkyl, and R 0.9 And R 〇 100 are preferably Η, CI to C; s mirror group, or phenyl or benzyl, respectively, which are unsubstituted or substituted with C ^ to C 1 z alkyl. Examples are methyl, ethyl, and propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, daughter, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecane Base, pentadecyl, cetyl, decyl, 10-2 1- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page) -Install -------- Order ---------

1220902 A7 _B7__ 五、發明說明() 八烷基,十九烷基,二十烷基之異構物,苯基,苯甲基, 甲基苯基,乙基苯基,丙基苯基,丁基苯基,戊基苯基, 己基$基,庚基苯基,辛基苯基,申基苯甲基,乙基苯甲 基,丙基苯甲基,丁基苯甲基,戊基苯甲基,己基苯甲基 ,庚基苯甲基,和辛基苯甲基。1220902 A7 _B7__ 5. Description of the invention () Isomers of octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl, phenyl, benzyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, propylphenyl, butyl Phenylphenyl, pentylphenyl, hexyl, heptylphenyl, octylphenyl, sylbenzyl, ethylbenzyl, propylbenzyl, butylbenzyl, pentylbenzene Methyl, hexyl benzyl, heptyl benzyl, and octyl benzyl.

Ro ί 2較佳意為Ci至(:! 2烷基,更佳為C l至 C 8烷基及最佳為C 1至C 4烷基。 適當的鹽類可衍生自無機或有機酸,例如HC 1,HBr, Hz S〇4 ,羧酸如乙酸,氯一或氟乙酸,丙酸,苯甲酸, 氯一或氟苯甲酸,磺酸如甲基磺酸,氯一或氟甲基磺酸, 苯基磺酸,甲苯甲釀磺酸,和氯一或氟苯磺酸。 -22- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ----訂---------^9— 1220902 A7Ro ί 2 preferably means Ci to (:! 2 alkyl, more preferably C 1 to C 8 alkyl and most preferably C 1 to C 4 alkyl. Suitable salts may be derived from inorganic or organic acids, For example HC 1, HBr, Hz S04, carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, chloro- or fluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, benzoic acid, chloro- or fluorobenzoic acid, sulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic acid, chloro- or fluoromethylsulfonic acid Acid, phenyl sulfonic acid, toluene sulfonic acid, and chloro- or fluorobenzene sulfonic acid. -22- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the Note for this page, please fill in this page) ---- Order --------- ^ 9— 1220902 A7

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 使用於完全形式(B)之主體發色團較佳為單價。該 等主體發色團可選自廣範圍的發色圑,只要其等發射固態 螢光,及其等之發射波長與系統中相對應之副體吸收範圍 ! 至少部份地重蠱。 於式I之單價主體殘基可為未經取代或經取代KF , C i ,B I、 , I ,-CN,-N〇2 ,C !.至 C i 8 烷基,C 3 至Cl2環烷基,C6至Cl8芳基,Cs至Ci7雜芳 基,C 3至C 1 2環烷基烷基,C 6至C t 8芳烷基,C 5 至Cl 7雜芳烷基,Ci至(:! 8烷氧基,C3至(:1 2 環烷氧基,C6至(:1 8芳氧基,C5至(:1 7雑芳氧基 ,C3至Ci 2環烷基烷氧基,至Ci 8芳烷氧基, C 5至C t 7雜芳烷氧基,C !至C t 8烷基硫基,C 3 MCt 2環烷基硫基,C6至Ci 8芳基硫基,C5至 Ci 7雜芳基硫基,C3至Ci 2環烷基烷基硫基,Ce 至Cl 8芳烷基硫基,C5至Ci 7雜芳烷基硫基,Ci 至C i 8焼基** s 〇 -或-s 0 2 ,C 3至C 1 2環综基-S 0 -或 -S〇2 ,C e 至 C ! 8 芳基-so-或-S〇2 ,C 5 至 C t 7 雜 芳基- SO-或-S〇2 ,C 3至C ί 2環烷基烷基-SO-或-S〇z ,c 6至C 1 8芳烷基-so-或 -S〇2 ,C 5至C ! 7雑芳 烷基-S0-或-S02 ,具2至3ϋ個碳原子之二級胺基,及具 2至20個碳原子之烷氧基烷基。 環脂族和芳香族殘基(取代基)亦可經取代,例如經 取代 M F , C 1 , B r , I , -CN , 一N〇2 , C !至 C 【8 -24 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 ____B7____ 五、發明說明() 烷基,C 3至C t 2環烷基,C 6至C i 8芳基,C 3至 c t 2環烷基烷基,c 6至C i 3芳烷基,C 5至C i 7 雑芳烷基,Ci至(:;3烷氧基,C3至〇1 2環烷基烷 氧基,C S至c i 8芳氧基。烷基取代基可為線性或分枝 且可經鹵素如F或C i取代。 取代基的例子為F ,C〗,B r ,甲基,乙基,丙基 ,丁基,己基,甲氧基,乙氧基,丙氧基,丁氧基,己氧 基,甲基疏基,乙基硫基,甲基一或乙基一 SO-,甲基一 或乙基一S 0 2 -,苯基,苯甲基,甲苯甲醯基,二甲苯基 ,甲基苯甲基,二甲基苯申基,氯苯基,二氯苯基,甲氧 基苯基,二甲氧基苯基,苹氧基苯甲基,二甲氧基苯甲基 Ο 取代基的數目為任意且實質上依合成之可能性和相對 於螢光和吸收之所需光學性質而定。 特別佳之單價主體殘基係衍生自苯並[4 , 5】B米唑並[2, 卜a]異氮茚-1卜_類。 使用於完全形式(B )之苯並[4,5】咪唑並[2,卜a】異 氮茚-1卜酮類較佳為單價殘基且可選自式E及I a,This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 χ 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention () (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Used in the complete form (B) The host chromophore is preferably unit price. These host chromophores can be selected from a wide range of chromophores, as long as they emit solid-state fluorescent light, and their emission wavelengths correspond to the absorption range of the corresponding auxiliary bodies in the system! At least partly. The monovalent host residue in Formula I may be unsubstituted or substituted KF, Ci, BI ,, I, -CN, -NO2, C! To Ci8 alkyl, C3 to Cl2 cycloalkane , C6 to Cl8 aryl, Cs to Ci7 heteroaryl, C 3 to C 1 2 cycloalkylalkyl, C 6 to C t 8 aralkyl, C 5 to Cl 7 heteroaralkyl, Ci to ( :! 8 alkoxy, C3 to (: 1 2 cycloalkoxy, C6 to (: 1 8 aryloxy, C5 to (: 1 7 雑 aryloxy, C3 to Ci 2 cycloalkyl alkoxy, To Ci 8 aralkyloxy, C 5 to C t 7 heteroaralkyloxy, C! To C t 8 alkylthio, C 3 MCt 2 cycloalkylthio, C6 to Ci 8 arylthio, C5 to Ci 7 heteroarylthio, C3 to Ci 2 cycloalkylalkylthio, Ce to Cl 8 aralkylthio, C5 to Ci 7 heteroarylalkylthio, Ci to Ci 8 fluorenyl ** s 〇- or -s 0 2, C 3 to C 1 2 cyclohexyl -S 0-or -S〇 2, C e to C! 8 aryl -so- or -S〇 2, C 5 to C t 7 heteroaryl-SO- or -S0 2, C 3 to C 2 cycloalkylalkyl-SO- or -S oz, c 6 to C 1 8 aralkyl-so- or -S 〇2, C 5 to C! 7 aralkyl-S0- or -S02, secondary amine groups having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and 2 to 20 carbon atoms Alkoxyalkyl. Cycloaliphatic and aromatic residues (substituents) can also be substituted, such as substituted MF, C1, Br, I, -CN, -NO2, C! To C [ 8 -24-This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 ____B7____ 5. Description of the invention () Alkyl, C 3 to C t 2 cycloalkyl, C 6 to C i 8 aryl, C 3 to ct 2 cycloalkylalkyl, c 6 to Ci 3 aralkyl, C 5 to Ci 7 aralkyl, Ci to (:; 3 alkoxy, C3 to 〇1 2 cycloalkylalkoxy, CS to ci 8 aryloxy. The alkyl substituent may be linear or branched and may be substituted with halogen such as F or Ci. Examples of substituents are F, C, Br, Methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, hexyloxy, methylthio, ethylthio, methylmono or ethyl Mono-SO-, methyl- or ethyl-S 0 2-, phenyl, benzyl, tolylmethyl, xylyl, methylbenzyl, dimethylbenzyl, chlorophenyl, di Chlorophenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, pyroxybenzyl Ο number dimethoxybenzyl group substituted by an arbitrary and substantially with respect to the sum of the synthetic possibilities and the desired optical properties of the fluorescence absorption of the set. Particularly preferred monovalent host residues are derived from benzo [4,5] B mizolo [2, bua] isoazepine-1 bu. Benzo [4,5] imidazo [2, bua] isoazindone-1buconones used in the complete form (B) are preferably monovalent residues and may be selected from the formulae E and Ia,

其中 苯環之鄰近碳原子可被苯環,雜芳香系環或上述兩者縮合 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() ,及ft等環較之於核多環結構之苯環係更易與自由鍵連接 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)The adjacent carbon atoms of the benzene ring can be condensed by a benzene ring, a heteroaromatic ring or the above. The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention () , And ft and other rings are easier to connect with free bonds than the benzene ring system of the nuclear polycyclic structure (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

芳番族環為禾經取代或經取M F ,C 1 ,B r ,I ,- C N ,-㈣2 ,Ci至C, 8烷基,C3至(:! 2環烷基,C6 至C ; 8芳基,C 5至C 1 7雜芳基,C 3至C ; 2環烧 基烷基,C6 MC, 8芳烷基,C5至C; 7雑芳烷基, C;至C i 8烷氧基,C3至Cl 2環烷氧基,至 8芳氧基,C5至Ci 7雜芳氧基,C3至Ci2環 烷基烷氧基,c S至C ! 8芳烷氧基,C S至C 1 7雜芳 烷氧基,c !至C 1 8烷基硫基,C 3至C ! 2環烷基硫 基,C 6至C ί 8芳基硫基,C 5至C i 7雜芳基硫基, C 3至C ! 2環烷基烷基硫基,C 6至C i 8芳烷基硫基 ,c S至C _又7雜芳烷基硫基,C i至C 1 8烷基-SO-或 -S〇2 ,C3 至〇1 2 環烷基- SO-或- S02 ,C6 至 Ci 8 芳基-SO-或-S02 ,C 5 至 C .! 7 雑芳基-SO-或-S02 ,C 3 至C 1 2環烷基烷基-so-或-S〇2 ,c 6至C i 8芳烷基-SO-或-S〇2 ,C s至C i 7雜芳烷基-SO-或 -S02 ,具2 1 30 個碳原子之二級胺基,及具2至20個碳原子之烷氧 基烷基。環脂族和芳香族殘基亦可經取代,例如經取代Μ F ,C I. ,B r ,I,-CN,-N〇z ,C !至 C I 8 烷基, C 3至C ! 2環焼基,C 6至C i 8芳基,C 3至C 1 2 環烷基烷基,C 6至C 1 8芳烷基,C 5至C i 7雜芳烷 基,Ci MCi 8烷氧基,C3至Ci Z環烷基烷氧基, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 氧基。 香族殘基( ,C ί 或 B 3 生 U i 2 烷基烷基, ,c !至 c 6 至 C 1 8 素如F或C 子為F ,C 甲氧基,乙 乙基硫基, > 苯基》苯 二甲基苯甲 基苯基,甲 I 8芳 族和芳 素如F 基,C r® 1 Z 振 芳烷基 基,C 可經鹵 基之例 己基, 硫基, S02 - 甲基, 二甲氧 C 6至C 環脂 取代Μ鹵 C i 8烷 C 3 至C C i 7雜 烷基烷氧 或分枝且 取代 ,j基, 基,甲基 或乙基一 ,甲基苯 基苯基, 取代基)亦可經取代,例如經 r ;或-C N,- N 0 2 ,C !至 環烷基,C 6至C ! 3芳基, C 6至C I 8芳燒基,C 5至 i S烷氧基,C 3至C .1. 2環 芳氧基。烷基取代基可為線性 i取代。 I ,Br,甲基,乙基,丙基 氧基,丙氧基,丁氧基,己氧 甲基一或乙基一 SO-,甲基一 甲基,甲苯甲醯基,二甲苯基 基,氯苯基,二氯苯基,甲氧 氧基苯甲基,二甲氧基苯甲基 較佳者,1或2個環與鄰近之碳原子縮合Μ形成雙環 或三環系統。此等可被選自苯,呋喃,_吩,毗咯,«;啶 及嘧啶。 於一個較佳具體實施例中,單價主體殘基相對應於式 Η b 及 H c , (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Aromatic rings are substituted or taken MF, C1, Br, I, -CN,-㈣2, Ci to C, 8 alkyl, C3 to (:! 2 cycloalkyl, C6 to C; 8 Aryl, C 5 to C 1 7 heteroaryl, C 3 to C; 2 cycloalkyl, C6 MC, 8 aralkyl, C 5 to C; 7 aralkyl, C; to C i 8 alkane Oxygen, C3 to Cl 2 cycloalkoxy, to 8 aryloxy, C5 to Ci 7 heteroaryloxy, C3 to Ci 2 cycloalkylalkoxy, c S to C! 8 aralkoxy, CS to C 1 7 heteroarylalkoxy, c! To C 1 8 alkylthio, C 3 to C! 2 cycloalkylthio, C 6 to C 8 arylthio, C 5 to C i 7 hetero Arylthio, C 3 to C! 2 cycloalkylalkylthio, C 6 to C i 8 aralkylthio, c S to C — and 7 heteroaralkylthio, C i to C 1 8 alkyl-SO- or -SO2, C3 to 〇1 2 cycloalkyl-SO- or -S02, C6 to Ci 8 aryl-SO- or -S02, C5 to C.! 7 雑 aryl -SO- or -S02, C 3 to C 12 cycloalkylalkyl-so- or -S02, c 6 to C i 8 aralkyl-SO- or -S02, C s to Ci 7heteroaralkyl-SO- or -S02, secondary amine group with 2 1 30 carbon atoms, and alkoxyalkyl group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Cycloaliphatic and aromatic Residues can also be substituted, such as substituted MF, CI, Br, I, -CN, -Noz, C! To CI8 alkyl, C3 to C! 2 cyclofluorenyl, C6 To C i 8 aryl, C 3 to C 1 2 cycloalkylalkyl, C 6 to C 1 8 aralkyl, C 5 to C i 7 heteroaralkyl, Ci MCi 8 alkoxy, C3 to Ci Z-Cycloalkylalkoxy, this paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (oxy. Aromatic residues (, C ί or B 3 Health U i 2 alkylalkyl,, c! To c 6 to C 1 8 elements such as F or C are F, C methoxy, ethylethylthio, > phenyl "benzyl benzyl Phenyl, methyl I 8 aromatic and aromatic compounds such as F group, C r® 1 Z oscillating alkyl group, C can be halo group such as hexyl, thio, S02-methyl, dimethoxy C 6 to C Cyclolipid substituted M halo C i 8 alkane C 3 to CC i 7 heteroalkyl alkoxy or branched and substituted, j-based, radical, methyl or ethyl-mono, methylphenylphenyl, substituent) Substituted, for example, via r; or -CN, -N 0 2, C! To cycloalkyl, C 6 to C! 3 aryl, C 6 to CI 8 aryl, C 5 to i S alkoxy, C 3 to C .1.2 cycloaryloxy. Alkyl substituents may be linear i-substituted. I, Br, methyl, ethyl, propyloxy, propoxy, butoxy, hexyloxymethyl- or ethyl-SO-, methyl-methyl, tolylmethyl, xylyl Chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, methoxybenzyl, and dimethoxybenzyl are preferred. One or two rings are condensed with adjacent carbon atoms to form a bicyclic or tricyclic system. These may be selected from the group consisting of benzene, furan, pheno, pyrrole, pyridine and pyrimidine. In a preferred embodiment, the monovalent body residues correspond to the formulas Η b and H c, (please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

R03 ,R04 R05 (Hb),R03, R04 R05 (Hb),

(He), -27- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 其 中 R 0 1 R 0 Z R 〇 3 R 0 4 及 R 0 5 分 別 意 為 Η, C 1 , C 1 至 C ί 8 烷 基 , C ί 至 C 1 8 焼 氧 基 苯 基, 苯 甲 基 C 1 至 C 1 2 燒 基 苯 基 或 C 1 至 (Γ* 1 2 烷 基 苯甲 基 〇 於 式 I C 中 之 R 0 5 較 佳 意 為 Η 〇 R 0 1 R 0 2 , R 〇 3 及 R 0 4 特 別 佳 為 Η 9 苯 基 $ 苯 甲 基 t C 1 至 C 1 烷 基 苯 基 或 C 1 至 C 1 2 燒 基 苯 甲 基 及 R 0 5 較 佳 為 Η 〇 相 對 應 於 式 I 主 m 瓶 發 色 團 之 部 份 較 佳 實 施 例 為(He), -27- This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () where R 0 1 R 0 ZR 〇 3 R 0 4 and R 0 5 means fluorene, C 1, C 1 to C ί 8 alkyl, C ί to C 1 8 methoxyphenyl, benzyl C 1 to C 1 2 alkylphenyl, or C 1 to (Γ * 1 2 alkyl benzyl group R 0 5 in the formula IC is preferably Η 〇 R 0 1 R 0 2, R 〇 3 and R 0 4 are particularly preferably Η 9 phenyl $ benzyl t C 1 To C 1 alkylphenyl or C 1 to C 1 2 alkynyl and R 0 5 are preferably 较佳 〇 The portion corresponding to the chromophore of the main m bottle of formula I is a preferred embodiment

C(0)-0-CH2CH2-0-C(0)-C (0) -0-CH2CH2-0-C (0)-

請 先 閱 讀 背 之 注 意 事 寫 本 頁 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902Please read the memorandum on the back to write this page. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902

I A7 _ B7 五、發明說明() 完全形式B之組成物可依據習知之固定方法(i 0 b i i i z a t i ο η} 製備。本發明之一個進一步較佳具體實施例為一種使用於 製備完全形式Β之組成物之方法’其特徵在於於表面含有 官能基之無機或有機支撐材料與官能基化螢光副體發色團 S官能基化螢光主體發色團’同時或於兩個步驟反應中反 應。 反應可被進行於溶解官能性主體和副體化合物於惰性 溶麵,加入支撐材料和於適當溫度下’例如〇至2 G 0 Ό且 較佳為2 Q至i 5 ί) ΐ〕。適當的溶劑將逑於下文。分離係Μ習 知之過濾方法進行,及材料可藉由清洗而純化且最後被乾 燥° 橋鍵基的固定作用和合成可依據習於此藝者所習知之 方法進行且完全被記載於文獻中。原則上,其可能轉化一 官能基成為另一個官能基,例如_CH2 0Η-基經由氧化作用 成為羧酸,羧酸成為醢胺或羧酸成為鹵化物,胺基成為異 氰酸酶基,醇或胺成為碳酸酯或胺基甲酸乙S6。其亦可能 將醇或胺與鹵素羧酸反應(例如單氯乙酸或氯甲基苯甲酸 ,其然後可能與羥基或胺基連接)。其亦進一步可能使用 雙官能性試麵,例如環氧化物,阿際因Uzirines),二醇 ,二胺,二狻酸或一酯及二異氰酸酯,進行鍵延伸。使用 雙官能性試劑之反應依所需鏈長度而定,可為單步驟或多 步驟。橋鍵基可經由支撐材料之官能基或主體和副體化合 -2 9- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 1 A7 ______ B7 五、發明說明() 物之官能基而被導入。 於一個較佳具體實_例和本發明之進一步目的(完全 形式(A)),本發明組成物包含一聚合物主鐽為支撐材 I 料直接或經由橋鍵基與螢光主體分子和螢光副_發色團共 ! 價連接,其中主體之螢光發射波長與副體之吸收波長至少 «Γ份重疊。 對於主體和副體化合物及橋鍵基而言,對於完全形式 (B )所逑及之成果及較佳具體實施例亦可被考慮適用於 完全形式(A )。 聚合物的製備和其等的固定作用此技藝所習知。原則 上可使用兩個步驟。於第一個方向中,其可能聚合具有懸 垂主體和副體分子之單體。於第二個方向中,其可能使用 具有懸垂官能基的聚合物且與含有官能基之主體和副體分 子反應。 主體和副體化合物藉著官能基連接至主鍵之結構單位 。官能基的例子為,-OH,-SH,, _NHR2 ,-“ = 0’ 羧酸,_S03 Η,環氧化物,乙烯基或異氰酸酯,其中 較佳為Η或C !至C 4烷基。 聚合物可選自天然或合成聚合物。天然聚合物的例子 為聚糖,例如為纖維素,澱粉或聚胺基葡糖,其可經C 1 一 C 4烷基部份醚化或經C ! 一 C 8釀基部份酯化°具官 能基的合成聚合物為習知者且可藉由習知的方法製鑛°合 成聚合物的一呰例子為聚乙烯醇和乙烯醇與未經取代或經 -30- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) —I —Bi I n n n )^OJa ϋ ϋ ϋ I I ϋ I · 1220902 A7 ____B7____ 五、發明說明() 取代烯烴為共聚單體之共聚物;聚甲基丙烯酸’聚丙_酸 和聚順丁烯二酸和甲基丙烯酸,丙烯酸及/或順丁烯二酸 與未經取代或經取代烯烴為共聚簞體的共聚物;聚羥基烷 基丙烯酸酯,聚羥基烷基甲基丙烯酸酯和聚順丁烯二酸羥 基烷基酯,和甲基丙烯酸,丙烯酸及/或順丁烯二酸之羥 基烷基酯與未經取代或經取代烯烴為共聚單體的共聚物; 聚丙烯薩胺和聚甲基丙烯藤胺和丙烯基醯胺,甲基丙烯_ 胺或均與未經取代或經取代烯烴為共聚單體之共聚物;聚 胺基烷基丙烯酸酯,一甲基丙烯酸酯和一順丁烯二酸酯和 胺基烷基丙烯酸酯,一甲基丙烯酸酯,一順丁烯二酸酯或 上述之二或三者與未經取代或經取代烯烴為共聚單體之共 聚物;聚羥基烷基一或聚胺基烷基乙烯醇和羥基烷基乙烯 B,胺基烷基乙烯醚或兩者與未經取代或經取代烯烴為共 聚單體之共聚得自丁二烯,異戊二烯或氯丁二烯之經 基化聚丁二烯和丁二烯,異戊二烯,氯丁二烯或上逑之二 或三者與未經取代或經取代烯烴為共聚單體之共聚物;羥 基一或胺聚苯乙烯,氯甲基聚苯乙烯,和聚苯乙烯磺酸和 羥基苯乙烯,胺基苯乙烯,氯甲基苯乙烯,聚苯乙烯磺酸 ,或上述之二或三者與未經取代或經取代烯烴為共聚單體 之共聚物;聚縮水甘油基醚和羥基烷基化或胺基烷基化聚 縮水甘油基和得自含羥基單體的聚酯,聚_胺和聚胺 基审酸乙酯。聚合物亦可由熱固性樹脂組成,例如環氧樹 詣,蜜鞍一串醛樹脂和酚醛樹脂。適當的烯烴共聚單體例 -3 1- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------#裝------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) tr--------- 1220902 A7 _B7___ 五、發明說明() 如為乙《,丙烯,丁烯,戊烯,辛烯,氯乙烯,二氯乙烯 ,苯乙®和丙烯膳。進一步適當的乙烯基聚合物為聚乙烯 基1ft咯烷嗣,聚乙烯基眯唑和聚乙烯基吡啶,和乙烯基毗 咯燒_,乙烯基咪唑,乙烯基_唑,乙烯基毗啶或上逑之 二或三者輿未經取代或經取代烯烴為共聚單體之共聚物。 聚合物亦可由經交聯聚合物組成,例如具官能基化烯 烴,選擇性地非官能基化烯烴單體,及二烯烴單體如丁二 烯,二乙烯基苯或二醇一二丙烯酸酯或二醇一二申基丙烯 酸酯之聚合產物。 本發明聚合物之重量平均分子量當例如以凝膠滲透色 曆分析法決定,使用聚苯乙烯為校正標準時,通常之範圍 由]至2 X 106 ,較佳為1〇4至:[〇6 ,更佳為2 X 104 至 ,及最佳為 4 X 1ϋ4 至 5 X 105 grool- 1 。 主體對副體結搆單位的重量比率範圍係由50 : 50至 9 9 9 5 : 5,較佳為6 : 4至9 9 9 : ί,及更佳為7 0 : 3 0至9 9 9 : 1 。(主體结構單位加副體结構單位):非螢光結構單位 的重量比率係依實際的施用而定,因此除了廣範圍的100 :〇至1 : 9 9 9並無較佳比率之完整定義。當色彩強度和螢 光都需要的部份施用中,發色團結構單位對非螢光結構單 位之較佳比率為20: 801100: (3 ,較佳為50: 50至100: 0及更佳為8 0 : 2 0至i 0 0 : ϋ。當螢光被需求但色彩強度並 不被需求的環境中,則發色團結構單位對非螢光結構單位 之較佳比率為20 : 8ϋ1 1 : 999,較佳為10 : 90至1 : 9 9 9及 -32 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ----訂--------- 1220902 A7 ___B7__ 五、發明說明() 更佳為5 : S5至1 : 9 9 9。 於本發明聚合性組成物之一個具體實施例與本發明之 進一步目的中,聚合物可為粒子形式,其係得自研磨聚合 I 物或乳液聚合作用。 j I 跎等粒子可具有平均直徑由50毫微米至1000微米,較 丨 佳為由〇·:[至500微米,更佳為由0.1至200微米,最佳為由 〇 ·丨至1()〇微米,及特別佳為5至50微米。此等粒子依製造 方法之不同可為圓形或不規則形狀,及此等粒子可為緊密 或多孔。粒子的大小可依其等之最後施用所需者相同。 與聚合物相連接的主體和副體分子可衍自單官能性或 多官能性主體和副體分子。較佳為此等分子為單一至三一 官能性,尤其較佳為單一或二官能性。 聚合物可由單體單位與主體分子之單價及/或二價殘 基共價連接組成,及可由單體單位與副體分子之單價及/ 或二價殘基共價連接組成,及選擇性地由其他共聚單體單 位組成。 包含主體之單體結構(K k表示)可存在於廣範圍之 由ϋ . 0 ί] I) 5至0 . 9 9 9 5。當色彩強度和螢光都需要的部份施用 中,主體發色團結構單位對非螢光結搆單位之較佳比率為 β - 2至ϋ · 9 3 S 5。當螢光被需求但色彩強度並不被需求的環 境中,則主體發色團結構單位之較佳比率為〇 · (i 5至0 · 2。 包含副體之單體结構(K m表示)可存在於廣範園之 由〇 , 〇 〇 〇 5至0 . 5,更佳為ϋ . 0 ϋ 1至0 · 2,及最佳為0 · 0 01至 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) n n n n^OJ_ n ϋ n ϋ ϋ ϋ I · ^2〇9〇2 A7 B7 五、 發明說明( (j . 0 5。非螢光單體結構(Μ η表示)係於廣範圍之〇至 〇,9 9 9 。當色強度和备Λ都需要的部份施周中,非螢光 結構單位之較佳比率為()·㈣ϋ5至ί)·2 。當螢充被需求但色 彩強度並不被需求的環境中,則非螢光結構單位之較佳比 率為0 . 8至0 · 9 9 9 5,其中k,m及η —般被選擇成符合k + m + π = 1 0 聚合物可由式丨11之再熟化結構單位及式ffi a之再熟化 结構單位組成, 主體 个― 副體 _, (Ilia), 或可由式IS b或111 C之再熟化交聯簞位’單獨或組合式地 與犟一或兩者之式I及® a之結構簞位組成’ (lllb), 4 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ——A3—副體一令3—I I 其中 A為三價的有機殘基, A 1為相同或不同於A基之三價殘基, A 2為三價的有機殘基, A 3為相同或不同於A 2基之三價殘基 -34- (lllc), 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7___ 五、發明說明() 壬體為如上述定義之單價或二價螢光主體發色團或直接或 經ffi --橋鍵基共價連接,及 副體為如上述定義之蜇價或二價螢光副體發色團或直接或 經由一橋鍵基共價連接, 其中主體之螢光發射光譜與副體之吸收光譜至少部份地重 疊。 聚合物可額外含有式m d結構單位 -A 4 - (Id), 其中A 4意為可與A至A 3共聚合之相同或不同二價殘基 A,A i ,A z ,A 3及A. 4可衍生自單體,其選自包含 烯烴,聚烯烴如二一或三一烯烴,聚醇如二醇和三醇,聚 胺如二胺和三胺,聚異氰酸酯如二-或三異氰酸酯,聚狻 酸_二一和三羧酸,及聚環氧化物如二一和三環氧化物。 式1{,或1 b個別的結構元素與其他結構單位之重量 比率係依實際施用而定,因此除了廣範圍之9995: 5至5: 3 9 9 5之外並無較佳比率之完整定義。當色彩強度和螢光都 需要的部份施用中,結構單位®對其他结構簞位之較佳比 率為: 8 0至9 9 9 5 : 5,較佳為5 ϋ : 5 G至9 9 3 5 : 5及更佳為 8 0 : 2 G至9 9 9 5 : 5。當螢光被需求但色彩強度並不被需求 的環境中,則發色團结構單位對非螢光結構單位之較佳比 率為2 0 : 8 0至5 : 9 3 9 5,較佳為i 0 : 9 0至5 : 9 9 9 5及更佳為 5: 35至 5: 9995° -3 5- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------------------訂— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 副體的數量係依条統而定,因此並無較佳定義之比率 。大體上,式i a ,或111 b個別的結構元素之存在量為聚 合鞠之0.05至50重量%,較佳為0.1至5重量%,更佳為 0 . i 1 5重量%,最佳為〇 . 1至3重量%。 於一個具體實施例中,本發明之聚合物含有式IV再熟 化結搆單位,式IV a再熟化结構罩位,及選擇性之式V再 熟化结搆單位, r5 r4 r i4 —c-c一 (IV), (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) r«裝I A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention () The composition of the complete form B can be prepared according to the conventional fixing method (i 0 biiizati ο η). A further preferred embodiment of the present invention is a method for preparing the complete form B. The method of the composition 'is characterized in that an inorganic or organic supporting material containing a functional group on the surface and a functionalized fluorescent subsidiary chromophore S functionalized fluorescent host chromophore are reacted simultaneously or in a two-step reaction The reaction can be carried out by dissolving the functional main and auxiliary compounds on an inert solvent surface, adding a supporting material and at an appropriate temperature, 'for example 0 to 2 G 0 Ό and preferably 2 Q to i 5)) ΐ]. Appropriate solvents will be described below. Separation is performed by filtration methods known to M, and the materials can be purified by washing and finally dried. The fixing and synthesis of bridge bonds can be performed according to methods known to those skilled in the art and are fully documented in the literature. In principle, it may convert one functional group into another functional group, such as _CH2 0Η- group becomes carboxylic acid through oxidation, carboxylic acid becomes amidine or carboxylic acid becomes halide, amine group becomes isocyanase group, alcohol Or the amine becomes carbonate or urethane S6. It is also possible to react an alcohol or amine with a halogen carboxylic acid (such as monochloroacetic acid or chloromethylbenzoic acid, which may then be attached to a hydroxyl or amine group). It is further possible to use difunctional tests such as epoxides, alginine (Uzirines), glycols, diamines, dicarboxylic acids or mono- and diisocyanates for bond extension. The reaction using a bifunctional reagent depends on the required chain length and can be a single step or multiple steps. The bridge group can be compounded through the functional group or the main body and the auxiliary body of the supporting material. 2 9- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ----------- -Install -------- Order --------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 1220902 1 A7 ______ B7 V. Functional Description of the Invention Import. In a preferred embodiment and a further object of the present invention (complete form (A)), the composition of the present invention includes a polymer main material as a support material, and a material directly or via a bridge bond group with a fluorescent host molecule and fluorescent The photon _ chromophore is covalently linked, in which the fluorescence emission wavelength of the subject overlaps with the absorption wavelength of the accessory by at least «Γ. For the main and auxiliary compounds and bridge bonds, the achievements and preferred embodiments mentioned in the full form (B) can also be considered to be applicable to the full form (A). The preparation of polymers and their immobilization are well known in the art. Two steps can be used in principle. In the first direction, it may polymerize monomers with overhanging main and auxiliary molecules. In the second direction, it is possible to use a polymer having a pendant functional group and to react with a functional group-containing main and auxiliary molecule. The main and auxiliary compounds are connected to the structural unit of the main bond through a functional group. Examples of functional groups are -OH, -SH ,, _NHR2,-"= 0 'carboxylic acid, _S03 fluorene, epoxide, vinyl or isocyanate, with fluorene or C! To C4 alkyl being preferred. Polymerization The substance may be selected from natural or synthetic polymers. Examples of natural polymers are glycans, such as cellulose, starch or polyglucosamine, which may be etherified by a C 1 -C 4 alkyl moiety or C! A C 8 alcohol group is partially esterified. Synthetic polymers with functional groups are known and can be made by conventional methods. An example of synthetic polymers is polyvinyl alcohol and vinyl alcohol with unsubstituted or -30- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) —I —Bi I nnn) ^ OJa ϋ ϋ ϋ II ϋ I · 1220902 A7 ____B7____ 5. Description of the invention () Copolymers that replace olefins as comonomers; polymethacrylic acid, polyacrylic acid and polymaleic acid and methacrylic acid, acrylic acid and / or maleic acid Copolymers with unsubstituted or substituted olefins as copolymers; polyhydroxyalkyl acrylates, polyhydroxy Copolymerization of methacrylic acid esters and hydroxyalkyl maleates, and hydroxyalkyl esters of methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, and / or maleic acid with unsubstituted or substituted olefins as comonomers Materials; polypropylene saxamine and polymethacrylamine and allylamine, methacrylamine or copolymers of unsubstituted or substituted olefins as comonomers; polyaminoalkyl acrylates, Monomethacrylate and maleate and aminoalkyl acrylate, monomethacrylate, maleate or two or three of the above with unsubstituted or substituted olefins are Copolymer of comonomers; copolymerized with polyhydroxyalkyl mono or polyaminoalkyl vinyl alcohol and hydroxyalkyl vinyl B, amino alkyl vinyl ether or both and unsubstituted or substituted olefin as comonomer Polybutadiene and butadiene, butadiene, isoprene, chloroprene, or two or three of which are unsubstituted or modified from butadiene, isoprene or chloroprene Copolymers of substituted olefins as comonomers; hydroxy mono or amine polystyrene, chloromethyl polystyrene, Polystyrene sulfonic acid and hydroxystyrene, aminostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, polystyrene sulfonic acid, or a copolymer of two or three of the above and an unsubstituted or substituted olefin as a comonomer; Polyglycidyl ether and hydroxy-alkylated or amine-alkylated polyglycidyl and polyesters derived from hydroxy-containing monomers, polyamines and polyamine esters. The polymer may also consist of a thermosetting resin , Such as epoxy resin, honeycomb string of aldehyde resin and phenolic resin. Examples of suitable olefin comonomers 3 1- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) --- --------- # 装 ------ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) tr --------- 1220902 A7 _B7___ V. Description of the invention () Such as For ethylene, propylene, butene, pentene, octene, vinyl chloride, vinyl chloride, styrene ethyl® and propylene. Further suitable vinyl polymers are polyvinyl 1ft pyrrolidine, polyvinyl oxazole and polyvinyl pyridine, and vinylpyrrolidene, vinylimidazole, vinylidazole, vinylpyridine or vinyl The second or third is a copolymer of unsubstituted or substituted olefin as a comonomer. The polymer may also consist of crosslinked polymers, such as functionalized olefins, optionally non-functionalized olefin monomers, and diene monomers such as butadiene, divinylbenzene, or diol-diacrylate Or the polymerization product of diol-dishenyl acrylate. When the weight-average molecular weight of the polymer of the present invention is determined, for example, by gel permeation color history analysis, and polystyrene is used as a calibration standard, the usual range is from] to 2 × 106, preferably from 104 to: [〇6, More preferably 2 X 104 to, and most preferably 4 X 1 X4 to 5 X 105 grool- 1. The weight ratio of the main body to the auxiliary body structural unit ranges from 50:50 to 9 9 9 5: 5, preferably 6: 4 to 9 9 9: ί, and more preferably 7 0: 3 0 to 9 9 9: 1 . (Main structural unit plus auxiliary structural unit): The weight ratio of non-fluorescent structural unit depends on the actual application, so there is no complete definition of a better ratio except for a wide range of 100: 0 to 1: 9 9 9. In the partial application where both color intensity and fluorescence are required, the preferred ratio of chromophore structural unit to non-fluorescent structural unit is 20: 801100: (3, preferably 50: 50 to 100: 0 and better It is 8 0: 2 0 to i 0 0: ϋ. When the fluorescence is required but the color intensity is not required, the better ratio of the chromophore structural unit to the non-fluorescent structural unit is 20: 8ϋ1 1 : 999, preferably 10: 90 to 1: 9 9 9 and -32-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) ---- Order --------- 1220902 A7 ___B7__ V. Description of the invention () More preferably 5: S5 to 1: 9 9 9. A specific example of the polymerizable composition of the present invention and In a further object of the present invention, the polymer may be in the form of particles, which is derived from grinding polymer I or emulsion polymerization. Particles such as I 跎 may have an average diameter from 50 nm to 1000 μm, and more preferably from ·: [To 500 micrometers, more preferably from 0.1 to 200 micrometers, most preferably from 0.1 to 10 micrometers, and particularly preferably from 5 to 50 micrometers. These particles Depending on the manufacturing method, it can be round or irregular, and these particles can be compact or porous. The size of the particles can be the same as those required for their final application. The main and auxiliary molecules connected to the polymer It can be derived from monofunctional or polyfunctional host and subsidiary molecules. It is preferred that these molecules be mono- to tri-functional, and particularly preferably mono- or difunctional. The polymer can be composed of monomer units and host molecules. Monovalent and / or divalent residues are covalently linked, and can be composed of monomeric units and subsidiary molecules with monovalent and / or divalent residues covalently linked, and optionally composed of other comonomer units. Including the host The monomer structure (represented by K k) can exist in a wide range from ϋ. 0 ί] I) 5 to 0.9 9 9 5. In partial applications where both color intensity and fluorescence are required, the preferred ratio of host chromophore structural units to non-fluorescent structural units is β-2 to ϋ · 9 3 S 5. In an environment where fluorescence is required but color intensity is not required, the preferred ratio of the main chromophore structural unit is 0 · (i 5 to 0 · 2. Monomer structure containing subsidiary bodies (K m) From 0, 0,005 to 0.5, more preferably 5. 0 ϋ 1 to 0 · 2, and most preferably 0 · 0 01 to this paper size apply Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) nnnn ^ OJ_ n ϋ n ϋ ϋ ϋ I · ^ 2009092 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ((j. 0 5. The non-fluorescent monomer structure (indicated by η) is in a wide range of 0 to 0, 999. In the part of the application cycle where both the color intensity and the preparation Λ are required, the non-fluorescent structural unit is preferred. The ratio is () · ㈣ϋ5 to ί) · 2. When the fluorescent charge is required but the color intensity is not required, the preferred ratio of the non-fluorescent structural unit is 0.8 to 0 · 9 9 9 5 , Among them, k, m and η are generally selected to comply with k + m + π = 1 0. The polymer may be composed of a re-maturation structural unit of formula 丨 11 and a re-maturation structural unit of formula ffi a. _, (Ilia), or may be composed of re-cure crosslinking sites of formula IS b or 111 C 'single or combined with one or both of the structural sites of formula I and ® a' (lllb), 4 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) ——A3—Subsidiary One Order 3—II where A is a trivalent residue, A 1 is a trivalent residue which is the same or different from A group, A 2 is a trivalent organic residue, A 3 is a trivalent residue -34- (lllc) which is the same or different from the A 2 group, and this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7___ V. Description of the invention () The non-body is a monovalent or divalent fluorescent host chromophore as defined above or covalently connected directly or via a ffi-bridge bond group, and the sub-body is a trivalent as defined above Or the divalent fluorescent accessory chromophore is covalently connected directly or via a bridge bond group, wherein the fluorescence emission spectrum of the host and the absorption spectrum of the accessory at least partially overlap. The polymer may additionally contain a structural unit of formula md- A 4-(Id), where A 4 means the same or different divalent residues A, A i, A z, A 3 and A. 4 which can be copolymerized with A to A 3 Monomers selected from the group consisting of olefins, polyolefins such as di- or tri-olefins, polyalcohols such as diols and triols, polyamines such as diamines and triamines, polyisocyanates such as di- or triisocyanates, and polyacids Mono- and tri-carboxylic acids, and polyepoxides such as di- and tri-epoxides. The weight ratio of individual structural elements to other structural units of Formula 1 {, or 1b is determined by actual application, so in addition to a wide range of There is no complete definition of better ratios beyond 9995: 5 to 5: 3 9 9 5. For partial application where both color intensity and fluorescence are required, the preferred ratio of Structural Unit® to other structural niches is: 80 to 9 9 9 5: 5, preferably 5 ϋ: 5 G to 9 9 3 5: 5 and more preferably 80: 2 G to 9 9 9 5: 5. In an environment where fluorescence is required but color intensity is not required, the preferred ratio of chromophore structural units to non-fluorescent structural units is 20:80 to 5: 9 3 9 5 and preferably i 0: 9 0 to 5: 9 9 9 5 and more preferably 5: 35 to 5: 9995 ° -3 5-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ---- ---------------- Order— (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (the number of auxiliary bodies depends on the rules, Therefore, there is no better defined ratio. In general, the individual structural elements of Formula ia, or 111 b are present in an amount of 0.05 to 50% by weight, preferably 0.1 to 5% by weight, and more preferably 0. i. 15% by weight, most preferably 0.1 to 3% by weight. In a specific embodiment, the polymer of the present invention contains a re-cure structure unit of formula IV, a re-cure structure mask of formula IV, and an optional formula V re-mature structural unit, r5 r4 r i4 —cc one (IV), (please read the precautions on the back first to write this page) r «install

Re Xr(Ri)-(x2),-R3-ill R. R. I5 I4—c~c— (IVa), R6 Xr(R々(x2)s-R3-副體Re Xr (Ri)-(x2),-R3-ill R. R. I5 I4—c ~ c— (IVa), R6 Xr (R々 (x2) s-R3-auxiliary

8 一10 RIC—R 7 一 9 RIC—R \—/ 其中 X i及X 2分別意為直接鐽,或x 1及x 2分別意為-〇-,-S-,- N R 2 _,-(C0)_0_,-〇-*0(0) - 1 -0-C(0)~〇- j -S Ο 2 -0-,- Ο - S Ο 2 -,-〇-S〇2 -〇-,- N R 2 -C(0)-, -C ( ϋ ) ·~ N R 2 ~ ? - Ν R 2 - C ( Ο ) - Ο - ? Ο - C ( Ο ) ~ Ν R 2 * J Ν R 2 -C ( Ο ) - Ν R2 一, - Ν R2 - 3 Ο 2 -,- S Ο2 - Ν R2 -,~ Ν Rz - S Ο 2 *" -36-8 -10 RIC—R 7 -9 RIC—R \ — / where X i and X 2 respectively mean direct 鐽, or x 1 and x 2 respectively mean -〇-, -S-,-NR 2 _,- (C0) _0_, -〇- * 0 (0)-1 -0-C (0) ~ 〇- j -S Ο 2 -0-,-Ο-S Ο 2-, -〇-S〇2 -〇 -,-NR 2 -C (0)-, -C (ϋ) · ~ NR 2 ~?-NR 2-C (Ο)-Ο-? Ο-C (Ο) ~ NR 2 * J NR 2 -C (Ο)-Ν R2 one,-Ν R2-3 Ο 2-,-S Ο2-Ν R2-, ~ Ν Rz-S Ο 2 * " -36-

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297 H 1220902 A7 _B7 五、發明說明() 0- 5 -0 -S〇2 - NR2 -或- NRz - S〇2 - Mz 乘 , 母 一 R 1 分 別 音 為 二 價 橋 鍵 基 _ m 意 為 單 價 螢 光 副 體 發 色 團 , 主 體 意 為 單 價 螢 光 -彳:: Μ曲 m > 苴 螢 光 發 射 波 長 與 副 體 之 吸 收 波 長 至 少 m 份 地 重 疊 R z 意 為 Η , I — C l 2 院 基 9 C 5 一 或 C 6 環 基 5 C 5 — 或 C G 環 烷 基 甲 基 或 一 乙 基 % 苯 基 > 苯 甲 基 或 卜苯 基 -2 '乙基 ’ ΤΛ K 3 起' 為 直 接 m 1 — C 1 8 亞 烷 基 ’ C — 或 C 6 亞 環 烷 基 9 C 6 一 C 1 0 亞 方 基 或 C 7 — C 1 Ζ 亞 芳 烷 基 5 Γ 分 別 意 為 數 0 0 或 1 及 S 分 別 意 為 數 巨 0 或 1 9 唯 若 S 為 0 則 Γ 為 0 除 外 , 及 R 4 及 R 5 分 別 意 為 Η , C 1 — C β 烷 基 , C <5 — C 1 0 芳 基 或 7 — C ! 2 芳 焼 基 > R 音 為 Η 或 -(C 0 ) 0 -R 1 1 基 R 7 奢 為 Η > η I — C β 烷 基 C 6 — C ί 0 芳 基 或 C 7 — / ^ I 2 芳 烷 基 > R 8 意 為 Η ? F C i 9 N , C 1 一 C 6 烷 某 或 C 6 — η 1 〇 芳 基 5 R 9 昆' 為 Η 1 C 1 一 6 U 基 或 -(00)0 -R I 1 基 , (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) · ma— I I n ϋ ϋ I TJ · ϋ I ϋ I i_i ϋ ϋ I tThis paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 χ 297 H 1220902 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention () 0- 5 -0 -S〇2-NR2 -or-NRz-S〇2-Mz multiplied by the mother One R 1 is a divalent bridge bond group _ m means a monovalent fluorescent accessory chromophore, and the subject means monovalent fluorescent- 彳: Μ 曲 m > 苴 fluorescence emission wavelength and absorption wavelength of the subsidiary Overlapping at least m parts of R z means Η, I — C l 2 or 9 9 C 5 or C 6 ring 5 C 5 — or CG cycloalkylmethyl or monoethyl% phenyl > benzyl Or phenyl-2 'ethyl' from TΛ K 3 'is directly m 1 —C 1 8 alkylene' C — or C 6 cycloalkylene 9 C 6 —C 1 0 square or C 7 — C 1 ZO aralkylene 5 Γ means number 0 0 or 1 and S means number of 0 or 19 respectively, except that if S is 0 then Γ is 0, and R 4 and R 5 mean Η, C 1 — C β alkane , C < 5 — C 1 0 aryl or 7 — C! 2 arylfluorenyl> R is Η or-(C 0) 0 -R 1 1 radical R 7 is > η I — C β Alkyl C 6 — C 0 0 aryl or C 7 — / ^ I 2 aralkyl> R 8 means Η? FC i 9 N, C 1 -C 6 alkane or C 6 — η 1 〇aryl 5 R 9 Kun 'is Η 1 C 1-6 U base or-(00) 0 -RI 1 base, (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) · ma— II n ϋ ϋ I TJ · ϋ I ϋ I i_i ϋ ϋ I t

R i 〇 意為 Η,C ί — C 6 烷基,C 6 — C ! 〇 芳基,C 7 一 Ct 2芳烷基,_唑基,瞅咯烷_基,F ,C ί ,CN _ -X1 -(R t )r- (Xz )s-H基,及 -37- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() R i i 意為 Η ,Κ,N a ,C 1 — C ^ 8 烷基,C ^ — Ci 8羥基烷基,環己基,環戊基,環己基甲基,苯基, C i 一 C 4烷基苯基,苯甲基或C ί 一 C 4烷基苯甲基。 對於 X i , X 2 , R ! , R 2 , R 3 , r , s ,主體 及副體之意義和較佳具體實施例如上文之完全形式(Β) 中所逑者,亦如完全形式(A )者。 R 4及R 5之烷基較佳為C ; 一 C 4烷基,例子為甲 基,乙基,土 一或異_丙基,及正一,異一或三鈒一 Γ基 ,為芳基時較佳為萘基或苯基;及為芳烷基時較佳苯甲基 。R 4尤其較佳者為Η及R 5為Η或甲基。 R 6較佳意為Η,-C(0)0H或-(CO)O-C i至C4烷基, R 7意為烷基時較佳為C i至C 4烷基,例子為甲基 ,乙基,正一或異一丙基,及正一,異一或三級一 丁基; 為芳基時較佳為萘基或苯基;及為芳烷基時較佳苯甲基。 R 7尤其較佳者為Η。R i 〇 means Η, C ί —C 6 alkyl, C 6 — C! 〇 aryl, C 7 -Ct 2 aralkyl, _azolyl, fluorrolidinyl, F, C ί, CN _ -X1-(R t) r- (Xz) sH-based, and -37- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention () R ii Meaning Η, K, Na, C1-C ^ 8 alkyl, C ^ -Ci-8 hydroxyalkyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, C i -C 4 alkylbenzene Radical, benzyl or C 1 -C 4 alkyl benzyl. For Xi, X2, R !, R2, R3, r, s, the meaning and preferred embodiments of the subject and subsidiary body, such as those in the complete form (B) above, are also as complete form ( A). The alkyl group of R 4 and R 5 is preferably C; a C 4 alkyl group, examples of which are methyl, ethyl, tert- or iso-propyl, and n-, iso-, or tri-a-Γ groups, which are aromatic When it is a base, naphthyl or phenyl is preferred; and when it is an aralkyl, benzyl is preferred. R 4 is particularly preferably fluorene and R 5 is fluorene or methyl. R 6 preferably means fluorene, -C (0) 0H or-(CO) OC i to C 4 alkyl, and when R 7 means alkyl, preferably C i to C 4 alkyl, examples are methyl, ethyl Radicals, n-mono or iso-propyl, and n-mono, iso- or tertiary mono-butyl; when aryl is preferred, naphthyl or phenyl; and when aralkyl is preferred, benzyl. R 7 is particularly preferably Η.

Re意為烷基時較佳為C i至〇4烷基,例子為甲基 ,乙基,正一或異一丙基,及正一,異一或三級一 丁基; 為芳基時較佳為苯基或萘基。R8尤其較佳者為Η,C】 ,CN,苯基或Ct至C4烷基。When Re means alkyl, C i to O 4 alkyl is preferred, examples are methyl, ethyl, n- or iso-propyl, and n-, iso- or tertiary mono-butyl; when it is aryl Phenyl or naphthyl is preferred. R8 is particularly preferably fluorene, C], CN, phenyl, or Ct to C4 alkyl.

Rg意為烷基時較佳為C! 一(〕4烷基,例子為甲基 ,乙基,正一或異一丙基,及正一,異一或三級一 丁基。 於-(C 0) 0 - R i ,基,R i !較佳意為 Η 或 C I — C ί 2 m 基,更佳為C i 一 C 6烷基,例如甲基,乙基,丙基,丁 - 38- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) —· ·ϋ ϋ ϋ n i·— n n 一-OJI i_l n ϋ n mmmmt in i 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() 基 5 戊基,己基,庚基,辛基,士基,癸基,十一焼基, 十二基,十四燒基,十六燒基和十八烧基。R 9尤其較 佳者為 Η,-C(0)0H或-(CO)O-Ci -C4 烷基。 R i 〇意為烷基時較佳為C i 一 C 4烷基,例子為甲 基,乙基,it:—或異一丙基,及正一,異一或二級一 j 基 ,為芳基時較佳為苯基或萘基,及為芳烷基時較佳苯甲基 。。較佳意為Η,Ci 一 C4烷基,笨基,砒咯烷嗣 基,F ,C ! ,CN 或-X, -(R! )r-(X2 )s-Η基。 R 1 !可例如為Η,K,N a,C t — C 6烷基,C i 一 C 6羥基烷基,環己基,環戊基,環己基甲基,苯基, 甲基苯基,苯甲基或甲基苯甲基。 式iV的結搆元素與其他結構單位之重量比率係依實際 _用而定,因此除了廣範圍之9995 : 5至5 : 9 9 9 5之外並無 較佳比率之完整定義。當色彩強度和螢光都需要的部份施 用中,结構單位W對其他结構單位之較佳比率為2 0 : 8 0至 9 9 9 5: 5,較佳為5 0 : 5 0至9 9 9 5 : 5及更佳為8 0 : 2 0至9 9 9 5 :5 。當螢光被需求但色彩強度並不被需求的環境中,則 發色團結構單位對非螢光結構單位之較佳比率為2(3: 80至 5 : 9 9 9 5,較佳為1 ΰ : 9丨]至5 : 9 9 9 5及更佳為5 : 9 5至5 : Β 9 Β 5 ° 麵體的數量係依系統而定,因此並無較佳定義之比率 。大體上,式IV a結搆元素之存在量為聚合物之0 . 0 5至5 0 重量%,較佳為ΰ . 1至5重量96,更佳為0 . 1至5重量% -3 9- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂--------- 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() ,最佳為()· i 至3重量% ·:‘ 式v的結構元素與螢光结構m位之重量比率係依實際 施用而定,因姹除了廣範圍之〇 : 9 9 9至9 9 9 : 1之夕卜並無較 佳比率之完整定義。當色彩強度和螢光都需要的部份施用 中,结構單位V對螢光结構單位之較佳比率為20: 80至0 :]ί) 0,較佳為1 0 : 9 ί)至0 : 1 0 ϋ及更佳為5 : 9 5至0 : 1 0 0。 當螢光被需求但色彩強度並不被需求的環境中,則式V結 構單位對螢光結構單位之較佳比率為20 : 8 [1至999 : 1,較 佳為5 0 : 5 0至9 9 9 : 1及更佳為8 0 : 2 0至9 9 9 : 1。 副體的數量係依糸統而定,因此並無較佳定義之比率 。大體上,式IV a結構元素之存在量為聚合物之Q . 0 5至5 0 重量%,較佳為0.1至5重量%,更佳為G.i至5重量% ,最佳為ϋ . 1至3重量%。 具式IV,IV a及選擇性V結構元素之聚合物可為經交 職η與多官_性單體組合,例如相對於i ο {)克聚合物具有 0 . 0]至8ϋ重量%;,較佳為i) . 1至6ϋ重量%之此等單體。依 聚合物的種類而定,至少可使用三官能性狻酸,異氰酸酯 ,醇,胺,乙烯系或環氧化物。含有至少二個烯烴(烯系) 不錐和基之進--步殘基亦可被使用。烯条不飽和交聯劑可 選自包含二乙烯基苯,二(二甲基順丁烯二釀亞胺)一亞烷 基如二(二甲基順丁婦二釀亞胺)一亞甲基或一亞乙基,丙 嫌酸一或甲基丙烯酸酯或多元醇之一醯胺,較佳分別為二 醇至四醇,較佳為二胺至四胺。 -4 0 -When Rg means alkyl, C!-() 4 alkyl is preferred, examples are methyl, ethyl, n- or iso-propyl, and n-, iso- or tertiary mono-butyl. Yu-( C 0) 0-R i, radical, R i! Is preferably Η or CI — C ί 2 m group, more preferably C i -C 6 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butane- 38- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) — · · ϋ ϋ ϋ ni · — nn 一 -OJI i_l n ϋ n mmmmt in i 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention (5) pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, shiki, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl And octadecyl. R 9 is particularly preferably fluorene, -C (0) 0H or-(CO) O-Ci -C4 alkyl. When R i 〇 means alkyl, preferably C i -C 4 Alkyl, examples are methyl, ethyl, it:-or iso-propyl, and n-, iso- or secondary-j groups, and when aryl is preferred, phenyl or naphthyl, and aralkyl In the case of benzyl, a benzyl group is preferred. Preferably, it means fluorene, Ci-C4 alkyl, benzyl, pyrrolidino, F C !, CN or -X,-(R!) R- (X2) s-fluorenyl. R1! May be, for example, fluorene, K, Na, Ct-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 hydroxyl Alkyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, methylphenyl, benzyl or methylbenzyl. The weight ratio of the structural element of formula iV to other structural units is based on actual use. Because of this, there is no complete definition of a better ratio except for a wide range of 9995: 5 to 5: 9 9 9 5. When the color intensity and fluorescence are required for some applications, the structural unit W is used for other structural units. The preferred ratio is 20:80 to 9 9 9 5: 5, more preferably 50:50 to 9 9 9 5: 5 and more preferably 80:20 to 9 9 9 5: 5. In an environment where fluorescence is required but color intensity is not required, the preferred ratio of chromophore structural unit to non-fluorescent structural unit is 2 (3: 80 to 5: 9 9 9 5, preferably 1 ΰ: 9 丨] to 5: 9 9 9 5 and more preferably 5: 9 5 to 5: Β 9 Β 5 ° The number of faces is system-dependent, so there is no better defined ratio. In general, The structural element of formula IV a is present in an amount of 0.05 to 50% by weight of the polymer, preferably ΰ. 1 to 5 weight Amount of 96, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by weight -3 9- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order --------- 1220902 A7 _B7_ 5. Description of the invention (), the best is () · i to 3% by weight ·: 'The weight ratio of the structural element of formula v to the m-position of the fluorescent structure is based on the actual situation Depending on the application, there is no complete definition of a better ratio, except for a wide range of 0: 99 to 9 99: 1. In partial applications where both color intensity and fluorescence are required, the preferred ratio of structural unit V to fluorescent structural unit is 20:80 to 0:] ί) 0, preferably 1 0: 9 ί) to 0: 1 0 and more preferably 5: 9 5 to 0: 1 0 0. When the fluorescence is required but the color intensity is not required, the preferred ratio of the formula V structural unit to the fluorescent structural unit is 20: 8 [1 to 999: 1, preferably 50: 50 to 9 9 9: 1 and more preferably 8 0: 2 0 to 9 9 9: 1. The number of auxiliary bodies depends on the system, so there is no better-defined ratio. In general, the structural element of Formula IV a is present in a quantity of 0.5 to 50% by weight of the polymer, preferably 0.1 to 5% by weight, more preferably Gi to 5% by weight, and most preferably ϋ. 1 to 3% by weight. The polymer having the formula IV, IV a and the optional V structural element may be a combination of a functional η and a multifunctional monomer, for example, 0.0 to 8% by weight relative to i ο {) grams of the polymer; 1) to 6% by weight of these monomers are preferred. Depending on the type of polymer, at least trifunctional acetic acid, isocyanate, alcohol, amine, vinyl or epoxide can be used. Progressive residues containing at least two olefins (olefinic) non-conical and radicals can also be used. The ethylenically unsaturated cross-linking agent may be selected from the group consisting of divinylbenzene, bis (dimethyl cis butene diimide), an alkylene group such as bis (dimethyl cis butene diimide), and methylene Amine or monoethylene, propionate mono- or methacrylate or one of the polyhydric alcohols, preferably diols to tetraols, more preferably diamines to tetraamines. -4 0-

ί紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 H -----------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 ί Α7 ; Β7ίThe paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 H ----------- installation -------- order --------- (please first Read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1220902 ί Α7 Β7

I 五、發明說明() i — i 較佳之烯系不飽和交聯劑可選自包含脂族,環脂族和 環脂族一脂族二醇至四醇及二胺至四胺之丙烯酸或甲基丙 烯酸釀類,其並含有較佳為2至U個,更佳為2至8涸碳 原子。這些二醇亞烷基二醇之部份例子如亞乙基二醇, 1,2-或1,3-丙基二醇,1,2-,1,3-和1,4-丁基二醇,戊基 二醇,己基二醇,辛基二醇,癸基二醇,十二烷基二醇, 環己基二醇,二(羥基曱基)-環己烷,得自較佳為C 2 — C 6亞烷基二醇與較佳為2至1QG個亞烷基二醇單位,更 佳為2至50個亞烷基二醇簞位,和最佳為2至20個亞烷基 二醇單倥之聚氧化烯二醇,如聚亞乙基二醇,聚亞丙基二 醇,聚亞丁基二醇和聚亞乙基/聚亞丙基二醇,進一步的 1,1,卜三羥基甲基乙烷或一丙烷,季戊四醇和二季戊四醇 。聚胺之部份例子為亞乙基二胺,1,2-和1,3-丙基二胺, U2 -,1,3-和1,4-丁基二胺,1,6-己基二胺,二亞乙基三 胺,三亞乙基四胺,環己烷二胺,(胺基甲基)環己基胺 ,異怫爾_二胺和二(胺基甲基)環己烷。 於本發明一個具體實施例中,聚合物含有式VI及VI a 结構元素, H R12 I I 12 —c一 c— A 主體 Λ/丨、 H R12 I丨12 —0一 ό- A 副體 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)I. Explanation of the invention () i — i The preferred ethylenically unsaturated cross-linking agent may be selected from acrylic acid containing aliphatic, cycloaliphatic and cycloaliphatic monoaliphatic diol to tetraol and diamine to tetraamine. Methacrylic alcohols preferably contain 2 to U, more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Some examples of these glycol alkylene glycols are ethylene glycol, 1,2- or 1,3-propyldiol, 1,2-, 1,3-, and 1,4-butyldidiol Alcohol, pentyl glycol, hexyl glycol, octyl glycol, decyl glycol, dodecyl glycol, cyclohexyl glycol, bis (hydroxyfluorenyl) -cyclohexane, preferably from C 2 — C 6 alkylene glycol and preferably 2 to 1 QG alkylene glycol units, more preferably 2 to 50 alkylene glycol units, and most preferably 2 to 20 alkylene glycols Polyoxyalkylene glycols of diols, such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polybutylene glycol, and polyethylene / polypropylene glycol, further 1, 1, 2 Trihydroxymethylethane or monopropane, pentaerythritol and dipentaerythritol. Some examples of polyamines are ethylenediamine, 1,2- and 1,3-propyldiamine, U2-, 1,3- and 1,4-butyldiamine, 1,6-hexyldiamine Amine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, cyclohexanediamine, (aminomethyl) cyclohexylamine, isopyridine-diamine and bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane. In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the polymer contains structural elements of formula VI and VI a, H R12 II 12 —c—c— A main body Λ / 丨, H R12 I 丨 12 —0 a —- auxiliary paper The dimensions are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

12 丨20902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 其中R i 2為Η或甲基,及X , ,X 2 ,R〖,r 2 , R 3 ,副體,主體,r及s具有相同於上文所逑之意義且包括 較佳具體實施例; 及選擇性之式V結構單位。 於式V丨及VI a結構單位之-X i - ( R ^ ) I’ - ( X £ ) s _ g 3 _ 基較佳意為-((:0·)-0-,-(C0)-0-C2 -c6 亞烷基 ~〇-(c〇)-,-(C () _) - 0 - ( C 2 - C 6 亞烷基-〇 ) U - ( C 0 ) _ 且 U 為由 2 至 1 〇 之 數目’ ~0~*C(0)-C6 Hs ~CH2 -,Ης -或 + c ( 0 ) - c, 具有式 聚合物可與 具有式 结構元素之 摇二本 構兀袷, 其中R: ί 2 於上文所逑 基經由於聚 之官能基之 別存有。 具有式 主C 1 2亞燒基0 IV ’ iV a或V[,VI a ,及選擇性V結構元素之 至少二官能化單體額外地交聯。 IV,IV a或Vi,VI a結構元素,及選擇性式v 聚合物中,$含有額外之相同或不同之式通结 H R12 I I 12—c-c— I I H R3-iX2>s-iRl)fX1-H (VII), X 1 X 2 ,β〖,R 3 ,r及s具有相同 之意義且包括較佳具體實施例。當主體和副體 合物上的懸垂官能基和分別於主體和副體分子 間的反應而被導至聚合物時,此等结構元素特IV,【V a或VI,Vi a结搆元素,及選擇性式v -42 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項^寫本頁) 裝 -線」 平0902 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 物元 合 單 聚 佳 之較 素 V 元式 構 為 结作 元 搆 0 0 式 之 同 不 或 同 相 有 含 佳 較12 丨 20902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (where R i 2 is fluorene or methyl, and X,, X 2, R 〖, r 2, R 3, subsidiary, main body, r and s have the same as above The meaning of 且 and includes preferred embodiments; and the optional structural unit of formula V. -X i-(R ^) I '-(X £) s _ g 3 _ The radical preferably means-((: 0 ·) -0-,-(C0) -0-C2 -c6 alkylene ~ 0- (c〇)-,-(C () _)-0-(C 2-C 6 alkylene-〇) U-(C 0) _ and U is a number from 2 to 1 ′ '~ 0 ~ * C (0) -C6 Hs ~ CH2-, Ης-or + c (0 )-c, the polymer with formula can be combined with the structural element of the dimorphic structure, where R: ί 2 in the above group through the existence of poly functional groups exist. With the formula main C 1 2 The arsonylene group 0 IV ′ iV a or V [, VI a, and at least a difunctional monomer of a selective V structural element are additionally crosslinked. IV, IV a or Vi, VI a structural element, and a selective formula v In the polymer, $ contains additional identical or different formulas: H R12 II 12—cc— IIH R3-iX2> s-iRl) fX1-H (VII), X 1 X 2, β 〖, R 3, r s has the same meaning and includes preferred embodiments. When the pendant functional groups on the host and the auxiliary compound and the reactions between the host and the auxiliary molecules are respectively led to the polymer, these structural elements are particularly IV , [V a or VI, Vi a structural elements, and optional v -42 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back first ^ copy (Page) Equipment-line "flat 0902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The comparison of the elementary element and the elementary element is better than the elementary element.

2 | 3 R1.ICIR1 I HICIH2 | 3 R1.ICIR1 I HICIH

(VI 中 其 R ^ 2意為Η或甲基,及 R ! 3意為Η,C t — C 4烷基,C i — C 4烷氧基, -CN ^ C 1 ,苯基,毗咯烷酮基,毗啶基,眯唑基,-C (0) 0 R i 4 或-C ( 0 ) - N R i 5 R 1 6 , R i 4意為1"{或〇]1 — Ci 8 —及較佳為Ci — C l 2燒 基,及 R i s及R ! s分別意為Η或C ! 一 C i 2 —及較佳為C 1 一 C s烷基。 具有式IV,iV a.或VI,VI a结構元素,及選擇性之相 同或不同式V或式Vi»結構元素之聚合物,其可額外地含有 式IX或X結構元素為較佳之交聯劑單位,(Wherein R ^ 2 means fluorene or methyl, and R! 3 means fluorene, Ct-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, -CN ^ C1, phenyl, pyrrole Alkanone, pyridinyl, oxazolyl, -C (0) 0 R i 4 or -C (0)-NR i 5 R 1 6, R i 4 means 1 " {or〇] 1 — Ci 8 —And preferably Ci—Cl 2 alkyl, and R is and R! S respectively represent Η or C! —C i 2 — and preferably C 1 -C s alkyl. It has the formula IV, iV a Or VI, VI a structural elements, and optionally polymers having the same or different structural elements of formula V or formula Vi », which may additionally contain structural elements of formula IX or X as preferred crosslinker units,

HICIH VI/ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)HICIH VI / (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

2 R1IC—— I HICIH c( )c 0) 3·( -Χ 7qf2 R1IC—— I HICIH c () c 0) 3 · (-Χ 7qf

HICIH 121 RICI 3 4 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 其中 R 1 2意為Η或甲基,HICIH 121 RICI 3 4 This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () where R 1 2 means hydrazone or methyl,

Xs 意為 _〇_,1Η-或- N(C t —C4 烷基)-,及 R ί 7意為C 2 — C i 2 —及較佳為C i 一 C s亞烷基, 亞環己基,環己基二亞甲基,亞苯基,或X 3意為-0 _及 R 1 7意為C 2 — C 6亞烷基-(C 2 — C s亞烷基-0) 2 _ 2 〇 - C 2 — C s亞烷基。 上逑之聚合產物及較佳聚合產物可含有額外相同或不 同之離子性结構元素,例如式X I ,Xs means _〇_, 1Η- or-N (C t —C4 alkyl)-, and R 7 means C 2 —C i 2 — and preferably C i -C s alkylene, ring Hexyl, cyclohexyldimethylene, phenylene, or X 3 means -0 _ and R 1 7 means C 2 -C 6 alkylene- (C 2 -C salkylene-0) 2 _ 2 0-C 2 -C salkylene. The polymerized product and the preferred polymerized product of the above may contain additional identical or different ionic structural elements, such as formula X I,

V 一?-?一 (XI), 闩18闩19 其中 R 1 2意為Η或甲基, R 1 8 意為 Η 及 R Jt 9 意為-C (0) 0R2 〇 ,-S03 R2 0 , -Ce H4 -COORz 〇 , -c6 H4 -S〇3 Rz 〇 , -Ce H4 -R2 1 或-C(0)-)U -C2 -C6 亞烷基-R2 2 , X 4意為-0-或n, R i 8 及 R n 9 分別意為-C ((.)) 0 R 2 〇 或-C ( 0 ) - X 4 - C 2 -C6亞烷基-R2 2 , R z 〇意為鹼金屬,較佳為L丨,N a或K, R 2 i意為銨基或銨甲基,及 R 2 2意為鏡基。 銨基或銨甲基中之銨可衍自一級,二級或三級胺基, -44- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x 297公釐) 請 先 閱 讀 背V one? -? One (XI), latch 18 latch 19 where R 1 2 means fluorene or methyl, R 1 8 means Η and R Jt 9 means -C (0) 0R2 〇, -S03 R2 0, -Ce H4 -COORz 〇, -c6 H4 -S〇3 Rz 〇, -Ce H4 -R2 1 or -C (0)-) U -C2 -C6 alkylene-R2 2, X 4 means -0 or n, R i 8 and R n 9 mean -C ((.)) 0 R 2 〇 or -C (0)-X 4-C 2 -C6 alkylene-R2 2, R z 〇 means alkali metal, preferably Is L, Na or K, R 2 i means ammonium or ammonium methyl, and R 2 2 means mirror. The ammonium in ammonium or ammonium methyl can be derived from primary, secondary or tertiary amines. -44- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x 297 mm). Please read it first

訂 «Order «

1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明(1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (

較佳為四級銨基。銨基或銨甲基中之銨可相對應於式X IA quaternary ammonium group is preferred. Ammonium in ammonium or ammonium methyl may correspond to formula X I

-Ν Rz 3 R2 4 Rz 5 (X ] [[), 其 中 r'\ K 2 3 , R 2 4 及 R 2 5 分 別為 Η C X 一 C I 8 — 較 佳 為 C t 一 C 1 Z — 及更 佳 為C 1 — C s m基 ,C 5 — 或 C β 環 燒 基 , 苯 基 苯甲 基 ,1- 苯 基 -2 -乙基 ,或 R Ζ 3 及 R Z 4 四 亞 甲基 五亞 甲 基 或 -ch2 ch2 一 0 - CHz CH 2 ;R ζ β 1 ic有上文所述之相同意義。 適 當 的 抗 m 陰 離 子可 衍 自無 機 或 有 機酸, 例如 狻 酸 y 磺 酸 和 氫 鹵 酸 0 較 佳 之抗 衡 陰離 子 為 氯 化物和 溴化 物 0 上 逑 之 聚 八 Γ7 產 物 及較 佳 聚合 產 物 可 含有額 外之 具 酸 基 结 構 元 素 , 例 如 -C (0 ) 0 Η 或 - S 0 3 Η f 特 別係為 當涉 及 乳 液 聚 合 產 物 時 0 具 酸 基 結 構 元 素 可相 對 應於 式 X I > H R12 I丨12 —c-c— I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項S寫本頁) (XIII), 台27卢26 其中 R i 2意為Η或甲基, R 2 7 意為 Η 及 R 2 s 意為-〇(0)011,-30311,-(:6114 -C00H ^ -Ce H4 -SO3 H ,或 R 2 6 及 R 2 7 意為-C ( 0 ) ϋ H。 具胺基或酸基之聚合物較佳為溶解於水中或可藉由乳 -4 5 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902-N Rz 3 R2 4 Rz 5 (X] [[), where r '\ K 2 3, R 2 4 and R 2 5 are Η CX-CI 8 — preferably C t-C 1 Z — and more Preferred is C 1 —C sm group, C 5 — or C β cycloalkyl group, phenylbenzyl, 1-phenyl-2 -ethyl, or R Zn 3 and RZ 4 tetramethylenepentamethylene Or -ch2 ch2-0-CHz CH 2; R ζ β 1 ic has the same meaning as described above. Appropriate anti-anions can be derived from inorganic or organic acids, such as osmic acid, sulfonic acid and hydrohalic acid. Preferred counter anions are chlorides and bromides. The poly (8) products and preferred polymerization products may contain additional Acidic structural elements, such as -C (0) 0 Η or-S 0 3 Η f, especially when it comes to emulsion polymerization products, 0 acidic structural elements may correspond to the formula XI > H R12 I 丨 12 —Cc— II (please read the note on the back to write this page) (XIII), Taiwan 27 Lu 26 where R i 2 means Η or methyl, R 2 7 means Η and R 2 s means -〇. (0) 011, -30311,-(: 6114 -C00H ^ -Ce H4 -SO3 H, or R 2 6 and R 2 7 means -C (0) ϋ H. Polymers with amine or acid groups Good to dissolve in water or can be made with milk-4 5-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902

I A7 _______B7___ j ' 五、發明說明() j 液聚合作用而分散及/或溶解於單體中而製備c (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 於另一較佳具體實施例中,本發明之聚合物可與二官 能性主體及/或副體分子交聯。這些聚合物可含有式X ]V ,X IV a或兩者之再熟化結構元素,單獨或共同存有式jy ,丨V a或兩者之結構的元素, V > Η 一?一?— 一|—〒- H Xr(R1)r-(X2)s-R3-ili-R3MX2)sMRl)r^ Η (XIV), 」一?3二 卜]1 丨 ? ? -c—c —I A7 _______B7___ j 'V. Description of the invention () j Disperse and / or dissolve in monomer by liquid polymerization to prepare c (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) In another preferred embodiment The polymers of the present invention can be crosslinked with difunctional host and / or accessory molecules. These polymers may contain re-mature structural elements of the formula X] V, X IV a or both, and the elements of the structure of the formula jy, 丨 V a or both alone or together, V > Η 一? 一? —一 | —〒- H Xr (R1) r- (X2) s-R3-ili-R3MX2) sMRl) r ^ Η (XIV), "一? 3 二 卜] 1 丨? ? -c—c —

: H Xr(RA-(x2)s-fV副體 A (XlVa), 其中 R 1 ’ R 3 9 R i z 5 X 1 ,X 2 , r , s ,-主體•及 -副體-,具有相同於上文所逑之意義且包括較佳具體實施 例0 式X IV的結構元素與其他結構單位之重量比率係依實 際施用而定,因此除了廣範圍之9995: 5至5 : 9995之外並 無較佳比率之完整定義。當色彩強度和螢光鄯需要的部份 施用中’結構單位X IV對其他結構單位之較佳比率為2 0 : 8 0 至9 9 9 5 : 5,較佳為5 0 : 5 0至9 9 9 5 : 5及更佳為8 0 : 2 0 至9 9 9 5 : 5 。當螢光被需求但色彩強度並不被需求的環境 中’則發色團結構單位對非螢光結構單位之較佳比率為2 0 -46- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1^20902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( :8 ϋ至5 : 9 ;9 9 5,較佳為1 0 : 9 0至5 : 9 9 9 5及更佳為5 : 9 5 至 5 : 9 9 9 5。 副體的數量係依糸統而定,因此並無較佳定義之比率 。大體上,式X IV a結構元素之存在量為聚合物之〇 · 〇 5至 5 0重量%,較佳為0 . 1至5重量%,更佳為〇 . 1至5重量 %,最佳為0 . 1至3重量%。 上逑中具有式X IV及X IV a之一或兩個結溝元素之交 聯聚合物可單獨含有式IV,IV a ,V,11,IX,X,X I ,X Ιί和X 11或合併有上逑結構元素之至少2個,或可含 有式V ,IX及硼較佳殘基之結構元素,及進一步單獨含有 式I X,X,X I ,X II及X Μ或合併有上述結構元素之至 少2個。 式X IV a結構單位之部份較佳例子為 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ·:裝 •cr -線. Η •c- -CH0: H Xr (RA- (x2) s-fV Subbody A (XlVa), where R 1 'R 3 9 R iz 5 X 1, X 2, r, s, -subject • and -subbody-, have the same In the meaning given above and including the preferred embodiment 0, the weight ratio of the structural elements of Formula X IV to other structural units depends on the actual application, so in addition to a wide range of 9995: 5 to 5: 9995 and There is no complete definition of a better ratio. When the color intensity and the part of the fluorescent fluorescein are required to be applied, the better ratio of the 'structural unit X IV to other structural units is 20: 80 to 9 9 9 5: 5, preferably 5 0: 50 to 9 9 9 5: 5 and more preferably 8 0: 2 0 to 9 9 9 5: 5. When the fluorescence is required but the color intensity is not required, the chromophore is The preferred ratio of structural unit to non-fluorescent structural unit is 2 0 -46- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1 ^ 20902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (: 8 ϋ To 5: 9; 9 9 5, preferably 10: 9 0 to 5: 9 9 9 5 and more preferably 5: 9 5 to 5: 9 9 9 5. The number of auxiliary bodies depends on the system , So there is no better-defined ratio. In general, formula XI V a structural element is present in an amount of 0.05 to 50% by weight of the polymer, preferably 0.1 to 5% by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by weight, and most preferably 0.1 to 5%. 3% by weight. The crosslinked polymer having one or two ditching elements of the formula X IV and X IV a in the upper part may contain formula IV, IV a, V, 11, IX, X, XI, X Ιί and X 11 or a combination of at least two structural elements of the above, or a structural element which may contain preferred residues of formulas V, IX and boron, and further containing formulae IX, X, XI, X II and X M alone or combined At least two of the above structural elements. A good example of a part of the structural unit of formula X IV a is (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ·: installation • cr-line. Η • c- -CH0

Η -CH0Η -CH0

H -47- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( ΗH -47- This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ((

ch2 -h2c,c 〇 Ηch2 -h2c, c 〇 Η

主體發色團之較佳二價殘基相對應於式X V (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)The preferred divalent residue of the host chromophore corresponds to the formula X V (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

(XV), 其中 苯環之鄰近碳原子可被苯環,雜芳香系環或上逑兩者縮合 ,及ft等環較之於多環核结構之苯環係更易與自由鐽連接 ,及 芳香族環為未經取代或經取Μ鹵素如F ,C 1或B r , -CN,,C !至C i 8烷基,C 3至C i 2環烷基, Cs 1C! 8芳基,(:5至01 7雜芳基,C3至C! z 環烷基烷基,C (5至C i 3芳烷基,C 5至C i 7雜芳烷 基,C 1至C 1 8烷氧基,C 3至C i 2環烷氧基,C S 至C i 8芳氧基,C 5至C i 7雜芳氧基,C 3至c t 2 一 48- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7___ 五、發明說明() 環烷基烷氧基,C 6至C 1 8芳烷氧基,C 5至C 1 7雑 芳烷氧基,;至C , 8烷基硫基,C 3至C i 2環烷基 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 硫基,c 6 1 C , 8芳基硫基,C 5至C ! 7雜芳基硫基 ,C 3至C i 2環烷基烷基硫基,C 6至C i 8芳烷基碕 基,c 5至C ^ 7雜芳烷基硫基,C !至C i 8烷基-so-或-S02 ,C 3 至 C ! 2 環烷基-SO-或-S〇2 ,C 6 至 C i 8 芳基-S ()-或-S 0 2 ,C s 至 C 1 7 雑芳基-S 0 -或-S 0 2 ,C 3 至C 1 2環烷基烷基- SO-或-S02 ,C 6至C ! 8芳烷基- SO-或-S〇2 ,c S至C ! 7雑芳烷基-so-或-S〇2 ,具2 至3ί)個碳原子之二級胺基,及具2至20個碳原子之烷氧基 烷基,環脂族和芳香族殘基(取代基)亦可經取代,例如 經取伐Μ鹵素如F ,C 1或Β r ,-CN,- Ν〇2 ,C i至 C ί 8燒基,C 3至C 1 2環焼基,c (3至C i 8芳基, C3 1Ci 2環烷基烷基,c6至Ci 8芳烷基,至 C ,. 7雜芳烷基,Ci MCt 8烷氧基,C3至c; 2環 烷基烷氧基,C β M C ί. 8芳氧基,及 A d A 7意為直接鐽或二價有機基。 取代基之例子為F ,C 1 ,Br ,甲基,乙基,丙基 ,丁基,己基,甲氧基,乙氧基,丙氧基,了氧基,己氧 基,甲基硫基,乙基硫基,甲基一或乙基一 S0-,甲基一 或乙基一S〇2-,苯基,苯甲基,甲苯甲醜基,二甲苯基 ,甲基苯甲基,二φ基苯申基,氯苯基,二氯苯基,甲氧 基苯基,二甲氧基笼基,审氧基苯甲基,二甲氧基苯甲基 一 49- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 j(XV), where the adjacent carbon atoms of the benzene ring can be condensed by a benzene ring, a heteroaromatic ring, or a fluorene ring, and the ft ring is easier to connect with free fluorene than the benzene ring system with a polycyclic core structure, The group ring is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen such as F, C1 or Br, -CN ,, C! To Ci8 alkyl, C3 to Ci2 cycloalkyl, Cs1C! 8 aryl, (: 5 to 01 7 heteroaryl, C3 to C! Z cycloalkylalkyl, C (5 to C i 3 aralkyl, C 5 to C i 7 heteroaralkyl, C 1 to C 1 8 alkane Oxygen, C 3 to C i 2 cycloalkoxy, CS to C i 8 aryloxy, C 5 to C i 7 heteroaryloxy, C 3 to ct 2-48- This paper applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7___ 5. Description of the invention () Cycloalkylalkoxy, C 6 to C 1 8 aralkyloxy, C 5 to C 1 7 aralkyloxy, ; To C, 8 alkylthio, C 3 to C i 2 cycloalkyl (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) thio, c 6 1 C, 8 arylthio, C 5 to C 7 heteroarylthio, C 3 to Ci 2 cycloalkylalkylthio, C 6 to Ci 8 aralkylfluorenyl, c 5 to C ^ 7 heteroarylalkylthio, C! To C i 8 -So- or -S02, C3 to C! 2 cycloalkyl-SO- or -S02, C6 to Ci8, aryl-S ()-or -S02, Cs to C1 7 fluorenyl-S 0-or -S 0 2, C 3 to C 1 2 cycloalkylalkyl-SO- or -S02, C 6 to C! 8 aralkyl-SO- or -S〇2, c S to C! 7 aralkyl-so- or -S〇2, secondary amine group having 2 to 3) carbon atoms, and alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, cycloaliphatic Groups and aromatic residues (substituents) can also be substituted, for example, by removing M halogen such as F, C1 or Br, -CN, -NO2, Ci to Ci, C3 to C3 to C 1 2 cyclofluorenyl, c (3 to Ci 8 aryl, C3 1 Ci 2 cycloalkylalkyl, c6 to Ci 8 aralkyl, to C,. 7 heteroaralkyl, Ci MCt 8 alkoxy , C3 to c; 2 cycloalkylalkoxy, C β MC ί. 8 aryloxy, and A d A 7 means direct fluorene or a divalent organic group. Examples of substituents are F, C1, Br, Methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, oxy, hexyloxy, methylthio, ethylthio, methylmono or ethyl -S0-, methyl- or ethyl-S02-, phenyl, benzyl, toluene Cyl, xylyl, methylbenzyl, diphenylbenzyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxycyl, dimethoxybenzyl, di Methoxybenzyl-49- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 j

I Α7 Β7 I -- 五、發明說明() I: Λ 較佳者,1或2個環與鄰近之碳原子縮合Μ形成雙環 I 或三環系統。它們可被選自苯,玦喃,瞎吩,毗咯,毗啶 | 及嘧啶。 j 於一個較佳具體實蔽例中,Α 及Α. 7相對應於式 ! X Vi, ! -Xi -(Rt )r-(X2 )s -R3 ** (X VI ), 其中 X 1 ,X 2 ,R 1 ,R 3 ,r及s具有枏同於上文所逑之 意義且包括較佳具體實施例。 於一個較佳具體實蔽例中,二價主體殘基相對應於式 X W R X VI a ^ (請先閱讀背面之注 ——β裝 音j事項 寫本頁)I Α7 Β7 I-V. Description of the invention () I: Λ Preferably, 1 or 2 rings are condensed with adjacent carbon atoms to form a bicyclic I or tricyclic system. They can be selected from the group consisting of benzene, sulfan, benzene, pyrrole, pyrimidine | and pyrimidine. j In a preferred concrete example, A and A. 7 correspond to the formula! X Vi,! -Xi-(Rt) r- (X2) s -R3 ** (X VI), where X 1, X 2, R 1, R 3, r and s have the same meanings as above and include preferred embodiments. In a better concrete example, the bivalent body residues correspond to the formula X W R X VI a ^ (Please read the note on the back-β installation sound j matters write this page)

其 中 R 0 t R 0 Z > R 0 3 , R 0 4 及R 0 5 分 別 音 為 Η , C I > C 1 至 C \ 8 燒 基 C ί. .zti C 1 8 烷 氧 基 ’ 苯 基 , 苯 甲 基 > C 1 至 C ί Ζ 燒 基 苯 基或 C .~fr. 1 Z 烷 基 苯 甲 基 〇 R 0 較 佳 ,亡 為 Η 9 及 A 6及 A 7 相 iOLL m .應 於 式 X Vi 之 一 價 殘 基 0 -50- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 : A7 _B7_ j 五、發明說明() 於一個較佳具體實1¾例中,A 6及A 7可選自於下式 -C ( 0 ) - 0 - R ? - 0 - C ( 0 ) - ( R " ) u - 及 -C ( ϋ ) - N H m C ( 0 ) - ( R,,)ii -, 其中R /為C 2至C 2 〇 ,較佳為C 2至C』2 ,及最佳 為C2iiClS亞烷基,亞苯基,亞苯甲基,或具有較佳為 2 1 6個,及更佳為2至4個氧化乙烯及/或氧化丙烯單 位之寡氧化婦,R 〃意為C!至Ci 2亞烷基,亞苯基或 亞苯甲基,及u意為0或1 。 相對應於式XIV之主體發色團殘基之部份較佳例子為Where R 0 t R 0 Z > R 0 3, R 0 4 and R 0 5 are Η, CI > C 1 to C \ 8 alkynyl C ί. .Zti C 1 8 alkoxy 'phenyl , Benzyl > C 1 to C ί azynylphenyl or C. ~ Fr. 1 Z alkylbenzyl OR 0 is more preferred, i is Η 9 and A 6 and A 7 phases iOLL m. Univalent residues 0 -50 in formula X Vi-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 1220902: A7 _B7_ j 5. Description of the invention () For example, A 6 and A 7 can be selected from the following formulas -C (0)-0-R?-0-C (0)-(R ") u-and -C (ϋ)-NH m C ( 0)-(R ,,) ii-, wherein R / is C 2 to C 2 0, preferably C 2 to C ′ 2, and most preferably C 2 ii ClS alkylene, phenylene, benzyl, Or an oligo-oxygenate having preferably 2 1 6 and more preferably 2 to 4 ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide units, R 〃 means C! To Ci 2 alkylene, phenylene or phenylene Methyl, and u mean 0 or 1. A preferred example of the portion corresponding to the host chromophore residue of formula XIV is

-5卜 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)-5 The size of this paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

1220902 A7 _B7 五、發明說明()1220902 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention ()

C (0) -0CH2CH20- (0) C-C (CH3) -CH- 於本發明之一個較佳具體實施例中,本發明之聚合物 可含有官能性主體單體,其本身具有兩個或三個官能基經 由橋鐽基與主體核結搆之一個環共價連接。因此該聚合物 所具有之式i ,ilf a ,I b及Μ c之再熟化结構單位’於 此案例中可額外含有所有單位為HI b ,可被式Μ e ,ffi f 或兩者之可熟化交聯單位取代, 主體一个3— 1 (me),C (0) -0CH2CH20- (0) CC (CH3) -CH- In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polymer of the present invention may contain a functional host monomer, which itself has two or three The functional group is covalently linked to one ring of the host core structure via a bridging group. Therefore, the polymer has a re-maturation structural unit of the formulas i, ilf a, I b, and mc. In this case, all units may additionally contain HI b, which may be represented by the formulas M e, ffi f, or both. Replacement by curing cross-linking unit, the main one is 3-1 (me),

I 主體一个a— 1 _, 其中 A 8意為三價或四價有機殘基,可與A至A 4基共聚合, 及 主體為如上文所定義之單價螢光主體發色團。 -52- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 請 先 閱 讀 背 S 之 注 意 事 寫 本 頁 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 主體發色團之較佳二價和三價殘基亦可相對應於式 X X V 及 X X V a ,I host is a — 1 —, where A 8 means a trivalent or tetravalent organic residue, which can be copolymerized with A to A 4 groups, and the host is a monovalent fluorescent host chromophore as defined above. -52- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) Please read the note on the back and write this page 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Best price for the main chromophore) And trivalent residues can also correspond to the formula XXV and XXV a,

〇 (XXV),〇 (XXV),

其中 苯環之鄰近碳原子可被苯環,雜芳香条環或上 ,及 芳香族環為未經取代或經取Μ鹵素如F ,C i -C N,1 ϋ 2 ,C !.至 C I 8 烷基,c 3 至 c t Ce 8芳基,C5至Cl 7雑芳基,C 環烷基烷基,Ce至C,. 8芳烷基,至C 基,C t至C , 8烷氧基,C 3至C ! 2環烷 至Ci 3芳氧基,Cs至〇1 7雜芳氧基,C 環烷基烷氧基,C 6至C ί 8芳烷氧基,C 5 芳烷氧基,C i至C i 8烷基硫基,c 3至C 硫基,Cs至Ci 8芳基硫基,c5至(:17 ,C 3至C 2環烷基烷基硫基,C 至C t 基,c 5至c [ 7雜芳烷基硫基,C 1至C i 或- S 0 2 ,C 3 至 C ί 2 環燒基 ~ 3 〇 -或-S 0 2 , -5 3 - (XXVa), 述兩者縮合 或B r, z環烷基, 3 至 C i 2 ί 7雑芳烷 氧基,C β 3 至 C 1 2 至C i 7雜 i 2環烷基 雜芳基硫基 8 芳烷基硫 8烷基〜S 0 - C β S C 1 8 (請先閱!—S寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7____ 五、發明說明() 芳基-S ί)-或-S 0 2 ,C 5 至 C i 7 雜芳基-s 0 -或-S 0 2 ’ C 3 至C i 2環烷基烷基- S0-或- S〇2 ,C 6至C ! 8芳烷基-SO-或-S〇2 ,C 5至C ! 7雜芳烷基-SO-或 -S〇2 ,具2 至3 ϋ個碳原子之二級胺基,及具2至2 1)個碳原子之烷氧基 烷基,環脂族和芳香族殘基(取代基)亦可經取代,例如 經取代Μ鹵素如F ,C 1或B r ,- C Ν,- NOz ,C t至 Ci 8烷基,C3至(:! 2環烷基,C6至Ci 8芳基, C 3至C ! 2環烷基烷基,c 6至C ί 8芳烷基,c S至 Cl7雜芳烷基,C!至Cl 8烷氧基,c3至Ci2環 烷基烷氧基,C 6至C i 8芳氧基,及 A 8意為三價或四價有機基。 取代基之例子為F ,C 1 ,B r ,甲基,乙基,丙基 ,丁基,己基,甲氧基,乙氧基,丙氧基,丁氧基,己氧 基,曱基硫基,乙基硫基,甲基一或乙基一 S0-,甲基一 或乙基一S〇2-,苯基,苯甲基,甲苯甲酿基,二甲苯基 ,串基苯甲基,二甲基苯甲基,氯苯基,二氯苯基,甲氧 基苯基,二甲氧基苯基,甲氧基苯甲基,二甲氧基苯甲基 Γί 較佳者,1個環與鄰近之碳原子縮合Μ形成雙環系統 它們可被選自苯,呋喃,瞎吩,吡咯,Oft啶及嘧啶。 於一個較佳具體實蔽例中,A8相對應於式XX VI或 X X Vi a , _ 5 4 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------裝--------訂--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() -R3r(X4)a-R3r(X5)b (XXVI), /R3l—X7 —r3—x6n 、r31 —x' (XXVIa), 其中 (a ) R 3 i為直接鐽,C i至C i 2 .亞烷基,亞苯基或 亞甲苯基; X 4 為 N,0,S ,C ( 0 ) 0 或 C ( 0 ) N ; R 3 2為當a為1及b為2時為C 2至C ! 2烷基三基 (t ny 1),苯基三基或苯甲基三基,或當a為1及b為3 時為C 2至C 1 2烷基四基(t e t r ay 1),苯基四基或苯甲 基四基; OC(O) —ch-ch2—The adjacent carbon atom of the benzene ring may be benzene ring, heteroaromatic ring or upper ring, and the aromatic ring is unsubstituted or MH halogen such as F, Ci-CN, 1 ϋ2, C !. to CI 8 Alkyl, c 3 to ct Ce 8 aryl, C5 to Cl 7 aryl, C cycloalkylalkyl, Ce to C, .8 aralkyl, to C, C t to C, 8 alkoxy , C 3 to C! 2 cycloalkane to Ci 3 aryloxy, Cs to 〇7 heteroaryloxy, C cycloalkylalkoxy, C 6 to C ί 8 aralkyloxy, C 5 aralkoxy Group, Ci to Ci 8 alkylthio, c 3 to C thio, Cs to Ci 8 arylthio, c5 to (: 17, C 3 to C 2 cycloalkylalkylthio, C to C t group, c 5 to c [7heteroaralkylthio, C 1 to C i or -S 0 2, C 3 to C ί 2 cycloalkyl group ~ 3 0- or -S 0 2, -5 3 -(XXVa), the two are condensed or B r, z cycloalkyl, 3 to C i 2 ί 7 aralkyloxy, C β 3 to C 1 2 to C i 7 heteroi 2 cycloalkyl heteroaryl Basic thio group 8 aralkyl sulfide 8 alkyl group ~ S 0-C β SC 1 8 (Please read first! —S write this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7____ 5. Description of the invention () Aryl-S)) or -S 0 2, C 5 to C i 7 heteroaryl -s 0-or -S 0 2 'C 3 to C i 2 cycloalkylalkyl-S0- or-S〇 2, C 6 to C! 8 aralkyl-SO- or -SO 2, C 5 to C! 7 heteroaralkyl-SO- or-S 2, secondary with 2 to 3 carbon atoms Amine groups, and alkoxyalkyl groups having 2 to 2 1) carbon atoms, cycloaliphatic and aromatic residues (substituents) can also be substituted, for example substituted M halogen such as F, C 1 or B r , -CN, -NOz, Ct to Ci8 alkyl, C3 to (: 2 cycloalkyl, C6 to Ci 8aryl, C3 to C! 2 cycloalkylalkyl, c6 to C ί 8 aralkyl, cS to Cl7 heteroaralkyl, C! To Cl 8 alkoxy, c3 to Ci2 cycloalkylalkoxy, C 6 to Ci 8 aryloxy, and A 8 means trivalent Or a tetravalent organic group. Examples of substituents are F, C1, Br, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, hexyl Oxy, fluorenylthio, ethylthio, methyl- or ethyl-S0-, methyl- or ethyl-S02-, phenyl, benzyl, tolylmethyl, xylyl , Benzyl benzyl, dimethyl benzyl, chlorine Phenyl, dichlorophenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, methoxybenzyl, dimethoxybenzyl Γί Preferably, 1 ring is condensed with an adjacent carbon atom M To form a bicyclic ring system, they can be selected from benzene, furan, benzophene, pyrrole, Oftidine and pyrimidine. In a better concrete example, A8 corresponds to the formula XX VI or XX Vi a, _ 5 4-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ----- -------- Installation -------- Order --- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention () -R3r (X4) a -R3r (X5) b (XXVI), / R3l—X7 —r3—x6n, r31 —x '(XXVIa), where (a) R 3 i is direct hydrazone, C i to C i 2. Phenyl or cresyl; X 4 is N, 0, S, C (0) 0 or C (0) N; R 3 2 is C 2 to C! 2 alkyl when a is 1 and b is 2 Triyl (t ny 1), phenyltriyl or benzyltriyl, or C 2 to C 1 2 alkyl tetrayl (tetr ay 1) when a is 1 and b is 3, phenyl tetrayl Or benzyl tetrayl; OC (O) —ch-ch2—

X 5 意為 Ο,S,Ν Η,C (0) 0,C (0 ) NH, I f ;或 0C(0) —C(CH3) —CH2 — HNC (0) CH-CH2 HNC (0) -C (CH3) -CH2— t $ (b ) R 3 z為直接鍵,a為0及b為2或3,X 5具有 上逑之意義,及R 3 1為當b為2時意為C 2至C i 2烷 基三基,苯基三基或苯甲基三基,或當為3時為C 2至 C 2烷基四基,苯基四基或苯甲基四基; (c ) R 3 i為直接鍵,(:1至(:12亞烷基,亞苯基或 亞甲苯基; X 6 為 N 或 C (0) N ; R 3 3為C 2至C 1 2亞烷基; - 55- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注X 5 means 0, S, N Η, C (0) 0, C (0) NH, I f; or 0C (0) —C (CH3) —CH2 — HNC (0) CH-CH2 HNC (0) -C (CH3) -CH2— t $ (b) R 3 z is a direct bond, a is 0 and b is 2 or 3, X 5 has the meaning of 逑, and R 3 1 is when b is 2 C 2 to Ci 2 alkyltriyl, phenyltriyl or benzyltriyl, or C2 to C2alkyltetrayl, phenyltetrayl or benzyltetrayl when 3; c) R 3 i is a direct bond, (: 1 to (: 12 alkylene, phenylene, or tolylylene; X 6 is N or C (0) N; R 3 3 is C 2 to C 1 2 Alkyl;-55- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) Please read the note on the back first

Order

1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() ! X 7 為 0,S ,C ( 0 ) 0 或 C ( 0 ) N Η, OC (0) —CH-CH- 〇C(0) 一 C (CH,) 一 CH2 — HNC ( 0)-CH-CH,—- HNC(O) 'C(CHJ —CH?— 丨,丨 ,1 ,丨 或 ——ch-ch2- 〇 R 3 ί及R 3 3為亞烷基之意義中較佳含有2至8個 ,及更佳為2至4個碳原子。R3 2於焼基三基之意義中 較佳含有2至8假,更佳為2至6個,及最佳為2至4個 碳原子。 於一個較佳具體實皰例中,二價主體殘基相對應於式 X X W 及 X X W a ,1220902 A7 _B7 _ 5. Description of the invention ()! X 7 is 0, S, C (0) 0 or C (0) N Η, OC (0) —CH-CH- 〇C (0)-C (CH, ) A CH2 — HNC (0) -CH-CH, —- HNC (O) 'C (CHJ —CH? — 丨, 丨, 1, 丨 or ch-ch2- 〇R 3 ί and R 3 3 are The meaning of an alkylene group preferably contains 2 to 8 and more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms. R3 2 preferably contains 2 to 8 fakes, more preferably 2 to 6 in the meaning of fluorenyltriyl. , And most preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms. In a preferred embodiment, the divalent host residues correspond to the formulae XW and XW a,

R〇2 尺03 NR〇2 Feet 03 N

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) (XXVII), 其中 R ο I » R 〇 z ,R 0 3 ,R 0 4 及 R 0 5 分別意為 Η ,(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) (XXVII), where R ο I »R 〇 z, R 0 3, R 0 4 and R 0 5 respectively mean Η,

Cl ,(〕1至(:18烷基,C t至Cl8烷氧基,苯基, 苯甲基,c t至C i 2烷基苯基或c 1至C i 2烷基苯甲 基,及A 8相對應於式X X VI或X X VI a。R 〇 5較佳意 為Η。 -56- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 於一個較佳具體實施例中,A 8基可選 C —N [CH-CH ——CH2 ] 2— •C_ II 〇 CH; •ch2—〇 -c- II 〇 .〇—CH; -C — 0一CH; II 〇 Γ3 -ο- Ι -c- II 〇 CH; I -c-Cl, () 1 to (: 18 alkyl, C t to Cl 8 alkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, ct to Ci 2 alkylphenyl, or c 1 to Ci 2 alkyl benzyl, and A 8 corresponds to the formula XX VI or XX VI a. R 〇5 preferably means Η. -56- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm> 1220902 A7 B7 V. Invention Explanation (In a preferred embodiment, the A 8 group may select C —N [CH-CH ——CH2] 2— • C_ II 〇CH; • ch2—〇-c- II 〇.〇-CH;- C — 0-CH; II 〇Γ3 -ο- Ι -c- II 〇CH; I -c-

〇 II〇 II

〇 II -c- II 〇 •0 —CH; -CH- CH,0 一 C一CH 一 CH,II I I 0 1 1 -c—〇- II 〇 •CH; -CH-CH.O —( I / CH,0 一 C — C — -II I 〇 CH, ?H3 •c — CHn CH, CH,〇II -c- II 〇 · 0 —CH; -CH- CH, 0 -C-CH -CH, II II 0 1 1 -c-〇- II 〇 · CH; -CH-CH.O — (I / CH, 0 -C — C — -II I 〇CH,? H3 • c — CHn CH, CH,

0 II CH, ch2o—c—ch-ch2 C — 0 — CH,— C- II I 〇 CH2〇-C一CH — CH. -c- II 〇 -o —CHr 〇 CH. I ii I 31 •ch2o—c—c—ch2 II 〇 CH,〇-C —C — 2 II I 0 CH, •CH, 〇 2 H cl H2 .c- H .c 0 CH, II I少 ch2o—c—c—ch2— 0 ch7 II I 3 -C一〇—CH-- II 〇 c-ch2o—c—ch-ch2 CH,〇一 C 一 CH — CH,II 1 I 0 1 1 -c- II 〇 CHr -CH,0 一 C — C 一 CH, CH,〇-C-~C~ 2 II I 〇 CH, -CH, -57 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐)0 II CH, ch2o—c—ch-ch2 C — 0 — CH, — C- II I 〇CH2〇-C-CH — CH. -C- II 〇-o —CHr 〇CH. I ii I 31 • ch2o —C—c—ch2 II 〇CH, 〇-C —C — 2 II I 0 CH, • CH, 〇2 H cl H2 .c- H .c 0 CH, II I less ch2o—c—c—ch2— 0 ch7 II I 3 -C-O-CH-- II 〇c-ch2o-c-ch-ch2 CH, 〇-C-CH — CH, II 1 I 0 1 1 -c- II 〇CHr -CH, 0 One C — C one CH, CH, 〇-C- ~ C ~ 2 II I 〇CH, -CH, -57-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm)

1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 部份之較佳例子為選自下列基之殘基(Ph意為苯基)1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Some of the preferred examples are residues selected from the following groups (Ph means phenyl)

PhPh

C(0)N(CH2CH20-)C (0) N (CH2CH20-)

PhPh

PhPh

Ph c (o) och2ch (ch2ch2o-):Ph c (o) och2ch (ch2ch2o-):

SC6H4(C〇2-)2SC6H4 (C〇2-) 2

N (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)N (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

PhPh

PhPh

N〇Wco2-):N〇Wco2-):

PhPh

Ph C(0)0CH2C(CH2CH20-)3Ph C (0) 0CH2C (CH2CH20-) 3

-C6H4(NH-)2-C6H4 (NH-) 2

PhPh

PhPh

〇C6H4(C〇2-)2〇C6H4 (C〇2-) 2

PhPh

csh4 (〇-):csh4 (〇-):

Ph Ph PhPh Ph Ph

C6H4(NHCH2CH2〇-) Ph - 58 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明(C6H4 (NHCH2CH2〇-) Ph-58-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (

PhPh

(CH2〇 — C(O) 一CH — CH2)3(CH2〇 — C (O) —CH — CH2) 3

‘ I -If-C (O)OCH,—CH—(CH2〇- -C(O) —CH-CH2)2 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項S寫本頁) »:裝‘I -If-C (O) OCH, —CH— (CH2〇- -C (O) —CH-CH2) 2 (Please read the precautions on the back first to write this page)»:

PhPh

•C(0)0CH2—C(CH3) - (CH20-C(0) —ch-ch2)2 --線· 本發明之聚合物可為無規,嵌段,接枝或乳疲聚合物* (晶格)。 聚合物之製備及其等之固定方法為此技藝者所習知1 # 。此方法之一為聚合具懸垂主體和副體分子之單體’ 3 > 個則為使用具懸垂官能基之聚合物且將之與亦具有官g s 之主體和副體分子反應。 本發明之進一步較佳具體實施例為一種製備本發$ 合物之方法,其涉及於任何主體/副體組合中之式x w 5 X IX,X X,X X ί及X X VIB化合物單獨反應或共同_ 共聚單體反應, A’ t -副體 (X VI ), -59- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 2 體 S -主體- A,3 4 副體-A ’ 4 (X IX ), (XX) , (XXI) , (X X V1B ), 主體-(A) c 其中 A ’ 1為蜇官能性或可聚合基, A ’ 2為單官能性或可聚合基與A 共反應, A ' 3為單官能性或可聚合基與A 5 !及A 5 2共反應, A 4為單官能性或可聚合基與A ’ ί ,A ’ 2及A ’ 3共反應, A’5為單官能性或可聚合基與A’ ^ ,A’2 ,A’3及A4共 f ipte Ή- 反懕,及 c為2或3,及 副體及主體具有如上逑之意義,及A、 ,A,z ,A ’ 3及A4 為直接或經由橋鐽基與主體及副體核结構連接。 本發明之進一步較佳具體實施例為一種製備本發明完 全形式(A)聚合物之方法,其涉及一聚合物係具有再熟 化結搆元素旦各含有直接或經由橋鍵基共價連接之官能性 或可聚合基與於任何主體/副體組合中單獨地或共同地具 有共聚蜇體之式X婣,X ίΧ,X X及X X I化合物反應, A ’ 1 -副體 (X « ), A ^ -主體 (X IX ), A ' 3 -主體 _ λ,3 A% -副體- A% (XX) , (XXI) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7___ 五、發明說明() 主體-(A ’ 5 ) c (XXIX), 其中 A、為簞官能性或可聚合基, A ’ 2為翬官能性或可聚合基與聚合物上之官能性或可聚合 基共反應, A ’ 3為蜇官能性或可聚合基與聚合物上之官能性或可聚合 基共反應, A ’ 4為單官能性或可聚合基與聚合物上之官能性或可聚合 基共反應, A ’ ς為單官能性或可聚合基與聚合物上之官能性或可聚合 基共反應,及 c為2或3,及 副體及主體具有如上逑之意義,及A、 ,A2 ,A ’ 3 ,A4 及A S為直接或經由橋鍵基與主體及副體核結構連接。 本發明聚合物的製備可依據於聚合物化學中習知之方 法進行,例如生長,陰離子,陽離子和自由基聚合作用之 步驟。聚合作用方法例如為溶液,整體,乳液,光一和界 葡聚合作用。 反應溫度之一般範圍係由0至2 5 0 υ。使用適當及已 完全已知之催化劑和光起始劑並不於本文中詳逑。偶氮二 異丁購係烯系不飽和化合物之熱聚合作用中習知之有效自 由基催化劑。聚合作用之進行可藉由共同混合單體,催化 劑和選擇性地溶麵,及加熱,照射或加熱與照射均進行。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------裝--------訂--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() 該等聚合物之分離可藉由沈澱至非溶劑或移除溶劑。如果 需要時,進一步純化作用之進行可藉由重複沈澱作用和乾 燥。 翬體為部份新顯和部份習知,或它們可製備自習知或 類保之方法c 官能性副體發色團為習知或可合成自習知或類似的方 法,其等之合成可使用選擇性地經保護官能性中間體。副 體發色團可得自含有N Η —基之發色團前軀物,其係藉由 輿額外含有一官能基如羧基或乙烯基之鹵素烷類反應。 多官能性副體化合物可製備自逑於文獻Ε Ρ 0 3 3 7 9 5 1 所逑之相似方式 ϋ 主體單體可依據Ε Ρ 0 4 5 6 6 0 9所逑之方法製備,其中 鄰苯二甲酸酐與ί,2 _二胺基苯類反應,使該酐,二胺基苯 類或兩者含有選擇性地經保護官能基。 二官能性苯並[4,5】咪唑並[2,1 - a ]異氮15 - U -酮類具 新顧性,及於一個範圍中本發明之進一步較佳具體實施例 為式X X I[化合物, -主體一 A,’ ! ( X X II ), 其中 A”s為蜇價官能基(亦意為可聚合基),其可直接或經由 橋鐽基連接至主體本體,及 主體為二價苯並[4,5 ]咪唑並[2,1 - a ]異氮茚-1 1 -調, 壬體苯環之鄭近碳原子可被苯環,雜芳香系環或上逑兩者 -62- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ϋ ϋ n 一一OJI 1^1 I— 1 n ϋ ϋ ϋ- 1220902 A7 _B7___ 五、發明說明() 鐘合,及此等環較之於主體核结構之苯環係更易與官能基 連接, 芳香族環為未經取代或經取代M F ,C丨,B r ,- C N, - N〇2: ,Cl 至 Cl 8 _ 基,C3 至 Cl! 2:環综基,• C (0) 0CH2—C (CH3)-(CH20-C (0) —ch-ch2) 2-line · The polymer of the present invention can be random, block, graft or milk fatigue polymer * (Lattice). The preparation of polymers and their fixing methods are well known to those skilled in the art 1 #. One of the methods is to polymerize monomers with overhanging main and auxiliary molecules ' > One is to use a polymer with overhanging functional groups and react it with main and auxiliary molecules that also have an official gs. A further preferred embodiment of the present invention is a method for preparing the compound of the present invention, which involves compounds of the formula xw 5 X IX, XX, XX and XX VIB in any subject / subsidiary combination alone or together. Co-monomer reaction, A 't-subsidiary body (X VI), -59- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (2-body S- Host-A, 3 4 Subsidiary-A '4 (X IX), (XX), (XXI), (XX V1B), Host-(A) c where A' 1 is a fluorene functional or polymerizable group, A '2 is a monofunctional or polymerizable group co-reacted with A, A' 3 is a monofunctional or polymerizable group co-reacted with A 5! And A 5 2, A 4 is a mono-functional or polymerizable group with A ' ί, A '2 and A' 3 co-react, A '5 is a monofunctional or polymerizable group co-f ipte with A' ^, A '2, A' 3, and A 4 懕-anti- 懕, and c is 2 or 3, and the auxiliary body and the main body have the meaning as above, and A,, A, z, A '3 and A4 are directly or through the bridge base connected to the main body and the auxiliary body core structure. A further preferred embodiment of the present invention example A method for preparing the full form (A) polymer of the present invention, which involves a polymer system having re-cured structural elements, each containing a functional or polymerizable group covalently linked directly or via a bridging group, to any host / side Compounds of the formula X 婣, X ίχ, XX, and XXI react individually or collectively in a combination of monomers, A '1-the auxiliary (X «), A ^-the main body (X IX), A' 3- Main body_ λ, 3 A%-Sub-body-A% (XX), (XXI) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) (Centi) 1220902 A7 _B7___ 5. Description of the invention () Main body-(A '5) c (XXIX), where A, is fluorene functional or polymerizable group, A' 2 is fluorene functional or polymerizable group and polymer The functional or polymerizable group is co-reacted, A ′ 3 is a fluorene functional or polymerizable group co-reacts with the functional or polymerizable group on the polymer, and A ′ 4 is a monofunctional or polymerizable group with the polymer. Co-reaction of functional or polymerizable groups, A 'is a monofunctional or polymerizable group and polymer The functional or polymerizable group is co-reacted, and c is 2 or 3, and the subsidiary and the main body have the meanings as above, and A,, A2, A'3, A4, and AS are directly or via a bridge bond group and the main body. And auxiliary somatic core structure connection. The polymers of the present invention can be prepared according to methods known in polymer chemistry, such as the steps of growth, anionic, cationic and free radical polymerization. Polymerization methods are, for example, solution, monolith, emulsion, photo- and boundary glucose polymerization. The general range of the reaction temperature is from 0 to 2 5 0 υ. The use of appropriate and fully known catalysts and photoinitiators is not detailed here. An effective free radical catalyst known in the thermal polymerization of azobisisobutylene-based unsaturated compounds. Polymerization can be performed by co-mixing monomers, catalysts and selectively dissolving surfaces, and heating, irradiation, or both heating and irradiation. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------ Installation -------- Order --- (Please read the Note for this page, please fill in this page) 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () The separation of these polymers can be achieved by precipitation to non-solvent or removal of solvent. If necessary, further purification can be performed by repeating precipitation and drying. Carcasses are partly new and partly known, or they can be prepared by self-knowledge or similar methods. C Functional accessory chromophores are known or can be synthesized by self-knowledge or similar methods. Their synthesis can be A selectively protected functional intermediate is used. The accessory chromophore can be obtained from a chromophore precursor containing an NΗ group, which is reacted by a haloalkane which additionally contains a functional group such as a carboxyl group or a vinyl group. Polyfunctional auxiliary compounds can be prepared in a similar manner as described in the literature EP 0 3 3 7 9 5 1 The main monomer can be prepared according to the method EP 0 4 5 6 6 0 9 Dicarboxylic anhydride reacts with 1,2, -diaminobenzenes, so that the anhydride, diaminobenzenes, or both contain selectively protected functional groups. The bifunctional benzo [4,5] imidazo [2,1 -a] isonitro 15-U-ketones are novel, and a further preferred embodiment of the invention in a range is the formula XXI [ Compound,-Host A, '! (XX II), where A "s is a valence functional group (also means a polymerizable group), which can be directly or via a bridging group connected to the main body, and the main body is a divalent benzo [4,5] imidazo [2,1-a] Isoindene-1 1-Tone, the carbon atoms of the non-benzene ring can be replaced by benzene ring, heteroaromatic ring or upper ring -62- This paper applies Chinese national standard ( CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ϋ 一 n-OJI 1 ^ 1 I— 1 n ϋ ϋ 12-1220902 A7 _B7___ 5. Description of the invention () Zhonghe, and these rings are more easily connected to functional groups than the benzene ring system of the main core structure, and the aromatic rings are unsubstituted or substituted MF, C 丨, Br, -CN, -N〇2:, Cl to Cl 8 _ group, C3 to Cl! 2: Ring heald,

至C ! 8芳基,C 3 1 C ί 7雜芳基,C 3至C 1 2環烷 基烷基,C6至〇! 8芳烷基,〇至C; 7雜芳烷基, Cl至Ci 8烷氧基,C3至C; 2環烷氧基,c6至C 1 8芳氧基,C5至Cl 7雜芳氧基,C3至Ci2環烷 基烷氧基,Cs至(^ 8芳烷氧基,Cs至(^ 7雜芳烷 氧基,CilC! 8烷基碕基,c3至(:1 2環烷基硫基 ,Ce至Cl 8芳基硫基,C5至C! 7雜芳基硫基,c 3至Cl 2環烷基烷基硫基,C6至Ci 8芳烷基硫基, C5至Cl 7雑芳烷基硫基,Ci至(:18烷基-SO-或 -S 0 z ,C 3 至 C i 2 環综基-s 0 -或 _ S 0 z ,C 6 至 C 1 8 芳基- so-或-S()2 ,C 3 至 c t 7 雑芳基- so-或- S〇2 ,C 3至Ci Z環烷基烷基- so-或- S〇2 ,C6至C! 8芳烷基 一 SO-或-S()2 ,C 5至C i 7雜芳烷基- so-或 -so2 ,具 2 Μ 80 個碳原子之二級胺基,及具2至2 0個碳原子之烧 氧基烷基, 惟除了當兩個分離之-Ν Η2基被直接鐽結至不同之苯環, 則額外之至少其中之一個取代基被連接至苯環;及兩個0 Η 基被直接鍵結至一個苯環。 環脂族和芳番族殘基亦可經取代,例如經取代M F , -6 3- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------------------訂---------· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() C 1 或 B r ,- C N,- ㈣ 2 ,C 1 至 C i 8 烷基,C 3 至 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) C i 2環烷基,C 6至C 1 8芳基,C 3至C ! 2環烷基 烷基* C6 1C, 8芳烷基,C5至〇 ! 7雜芳烷基,CCl 至ci 8烷氧基,C3至纟〕^ 2環烷基烷氧基,c6至 C ί 8芳氧基。 取代基之例子為F ,C ί ,Β Γ ,甲基,乙基,丙基 ,:Γ基,己基,申氧基,乙氧基,丙氧基,丁氧基,己氧 基,甲基硫基,乙基硫基,甲基一或乙基一 SO-,甲基一 或乙基一S 〇2 -,苯基,苯甲基,甲苯甲釀基,二甲苯基 ,甲基苯甲基,二申基苯甲基,氯苯基,二氯苯基,甲氧 基苯基,二甲氧棊苯基,甲氧基苯甲基,二甲氧基苯甲基 Ο 較佳者,1或2個環與鄰近之碳原子縮合Μ形成雙環 或三環系統。此等可被選自苯,呋喃,瞎吩,毗咯,Oft啶 及嘧啶。To C! 8 aryl, C 3 1 C 杂 7 heteroaryl, C 3 to C 1 2 cycloalkylalkyl, C 6 to 0.8 aralkyl, 0 to C; 7 heteroaralkyl, Cl to Ci 8 alkoxy, C3 to C; 2 cycloalkoxy, c6 to C 1 8 aryloxy, C5 to Cl 7 heteroaryloxy, C3 to Ci2 cycloalkylalkoxy, Cs to (^ 8 aromatic Alkoxy, Cs to (^ 7 heteroarylalkoxy, CilC! 8 alkylfluorenyl, c3 to (: 12 cycloalkylthio, Ce to Cl 8 arylthio, C5 to C! 7 hetero Arylthio, c 3 to Cl 2 cycloalkylalkylthio, C6 to Ci 8 aralkylthio, C5 to Cl 7 aralkylthio, Ci to (: 18 alkyl-SO- or -S 0 z, C 3 to C i 2 ring mesogenic -s 0-or _ S 0 z, C 6 to C 1 8 aryl-so- or -S () 2, C 3 to ct 7 雑 aryl -so- or -S〇2, C3 to Ci Z cycloalkylalkyl-so-or-S〇2, C6 to C! 8 aralkyl-SO- or -S () 2, C5 to C i 7 heteroaralkyl-so- or -so2, a secondary amine group having 2 M of 80 carbon atoms, and an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, except when two are separated- The N Η 2 group is directly bonded to a different benzene ring, and at least one of the additional substituents is connected to the benzene ; And two 0Η groups are directly bonded to a benzene ring. Cycloaliphatic and aromatic residues can also be substituted, such as substituted MF, -6 3- This paper applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) -------------------- Order --------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () C 1 or B r,-CN,-㈣ 2, C 1 to C i 8 alkyl, C 3 to (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) C i 2 cycloalkyl, C 6 to C 1 8 aryl, C 3 to C! 2 cycloalkyl alkyl * C 6 1C, 8 aralkyl, C 5 to 〇 7 heteroaralkyl, CCl to ci 8 alkane Oxy, C3 to 纟] ^ cycloalkylalkoxy, c6 to C 8 aryloxy. Examples of substituents are F, C ί, ΒΓ, methyl, ethyl, propyl, Γ group , Hexyl, syloxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, hexyloxy, methylthio, ethylthio, methyl- or ethyl-SO-, methyl- or ethyl- S 〇2-, phenyl, benzyl, tolylmethyl, xylyl, methylbenzyl, disylbenzyl, chlorophenyl, dichloro Group, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, methoxybenzyl, dimethoxybenzyl, 0, preferably, 1 or 2 rings are condensed with adjacent carbon atoms to form a bicyclic or tricyclic Ring system. These can be selected from the group consisting of benzene, furan, benzophene, pyrrole, Oftidine and pyrimidine.

於一個較佳具體實廝例中,橋鍵基相對應於式XXI -Xt -(Ri )r-(xz )S-R3 - (XX®), 其中 X i ,X 2 ,R i ,R 3 ,r及s具有相同於上文所逑之 意義且包括較佳具體實施例。 官能基A ” ^可選自包含經烷基鍵结之鹵素如C 1及B r ;-N 3 ,環氧化物,-OH,-S Η,-C Ν,-NHR j 〇 〇 , -64 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() =C = N R | 〇 〇 ,= C 0 » -CH-0,-N C 0 > - C H = C Η z , -c (C Η 3 ) =CH2 ,-C((])GH,-S〇3 H,-S〇z Cl,-S〇z Br, - S 0 2 B r,- C ( 0 ) - C i,- C ( 0 ) - B r,- 0 C ( 0 ) - 0 R i 〇 ;, -0 C ( 0 ) - N R,〇 z R· i 〇 3 ,- C ( 0 ) - 0 R. ! 〇 4 ’ -3 0 z ~ 〇 K t 〇 4 5 ~ C ( 0 ) - N R ι 〇 2 K i 〇 3 J Ά ~ S 0 2 - N R't 〇 z R ι 〇 3 , 其中In a preferred embodiment, the bridge bond corresponds to the formula XXI -Xt-(Ri) r- (xz) S-R3-(XX®), where X i, X 2, R i, R 3 , R and s have the same meanings as above and include preferred embodiments. The functional group A ″ may be selected from the group consisting of an alkyl-bonded halogen such as C 1 and B r; -N 3, epoxide, -OH, -S Η, -C Ν, -NHR j 〇〇, -64 -This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () = C = NR | 〇〇, = C 0 »-CH-0, -NC 0 >-CH = C Η z, -c (C Η 3) = CH2, -C (()) GH, -S〇3 H, -S〇z Cl, -S〇z Br,-S 0 2 B r ,-C (0)-C i,-C (0)-B r,-0 C (0)-0 R i 〇 ;, -0 C (0)-NR, 〇z R · i 〇3,- C (0)-0 R.! 〇4 '-3 0 z ~ 〇K t 〇4 5 ~ C (0)-NR ι 〇2 K i 〇3 J Ά ~ S 0 2-N R't 〇z R ι 〇3, where

Ri 〇 〇意為H,Ci — Cl 8烷基,苯基,或苯甲基’ R ! Ο I意為C » — C i 8烷基,苯基,或苯甲基, R 1 〇 2及R i 〇 3分別意為Η,C i 一 C ! 8烷基,苯 基,或苯φ基,及 〇 4意為Cl — C! 8烷基,苯基,或苯甲基。 R I 〇 〇 ’ R. ! 〇 JL 9 R 1. Ο 2 ,R i Ο 3 及 R 1 0 4 為烷基時較佳含有1至1 2個,更佳為1至8個及最佳為1 至4個碳原子。 更佳者,官能基A ” ι可選自包含經烷基鍵結之C 1及 B r ;環氧化物,-OH,-SH ’ -〇 ,-CH = CH2 , -C(CH3 )=CH2 , -NCO, -C(0)0H, -C(0)-U, -C(0)-Br, -C ( 0 ) - 0 R 1 〇 4 ,- C ( 0 ) - Μ 1 〇 2 R 1 〇 3 , 其中 R ι 。〇 意為 Η,C ι — C i 2 燒基, R t 〇 2及R 1 〇 3分別意為H或C 1 一 C 4烷基,及 R 1. Ο 4意為C t 一 C 8烷基。 -65- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ----訂-------- 1220902Ri 〇〇 means H, Ci — Cl 8 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl 'R! 〇 I means C »— Ci 8 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, R 1 〇 2 and R i 〇3 means fluorene, Ci-C! 8 alkyl, phenyl, or phenyl φ group, and 〇4 means Cl-C! 8 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl. RI 〇〇 'R.! 〇JL 9 R 1. 〇 2, R i 〇 3 and R 1 0 4 when the alkyl group preferably contains 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 8 and most preferably 1 To 4 carbon atoms. More preferably, the functional group A ″ may be selected from the group consisting of C 1 and B r including an alkyl bond; an epoxide, —OH, —SH ′ −〇, —CH = CH2, and —C (CH3) = CH2. , -NCO, -C (0) 0H, -C (0) -U, -C (0) -Br, -C (0)-0 R 1 〇4, -C (0)-Μ 1 〇2 R 1 〇3, where R ι. 〇 means Η, C ι — C i 2 alkyl, R t 〇 2 and R 1 〇 3 means H or C 1 -C 4 alkyl, and R 1. 〇 4 It means C t-C 8 alkyl. -65- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 χ 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ---- Order -------- 1220902

I A7 ; _B7 五、發明說明() 於一個最佳具體實施例中,化合物相對應於式X X IV 及 X X IV a ,I A7; _B7 V. Description of the invention () In a preferred embodiment, the compound corresponds to the formula X X IV and X X IV a,

其中 R ·) [ ,R 〇 z ,R 〇 3 ,R 〇 4 及 R 〇 s 分別意為 Η , C i ,€:^至(:18烷基,Ci至Cl8烷氧基,苯基, 苯曱基,C i至C t 2烷基苯基或C !至C i 2烷基苯甲 基,A 6及A 7為式X X Μ之二價殘基,及A ”3可選自包 含經烷基鐽結之C i及B r ;環氧化物,-OH,-SH , -N H R I 〇 〇 , -CH = CH2 , (CH3 ) =CHz , -NC0 » - C ( 0 ) 0 H ,-C(0)-Ci,-C(0) - Br,-Cm-OR! 〇 4 , ~ C ( 0 ) - N R i 〇 2 R i 〇 3 J 其中 P: i ο 〇 ® 為 H,C I 一 C 1 2 燒基, R i 〇 2及R i 〇 3分別意為H或C 1 一 C 4烷基,及 R ! 〇 4意為C ,. 一 C 8烷基。R 〇 5較佳意為H。 於一個特別佳具體實蔽例中,二價基Α 6及A 7可選 自於下式 -C(0)-0-R,-0-C(0)-(R”)i[- 及 一66 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( -C ( 0 ) - N Η - R,- N Η - C ( 0 ) -( R,,)u -, 其中R '為C 2至C 2 0 ,較佳為C 2至C I 2 ,及最佳 為Cs至C 6亞烷基,亞苯基,亞苯甲基,或具有較佳為 2至6個,及更佳為2至4個氧化乙烯及/或氧化丙烯單 位之寡氧化烯,R 〃意為Ci至Ci 2亞烷基,亞苯基或 亞苯甲基,及u意為0或1 ,及-C H = C H2或-C ( C H3 ) = C Hz 連接至C(0)-基。 特別佳之化合物相對應於式X X Di,Where R ·) [, R 0z, R 0 3, R 0 4 and R 0s respectively represent Η, C i, €: ^ to (: 18 alkyl, Ci to Cl8 alkoxy, phenyl, benzene Fluorenyl, C i to C t 2 alkylphenyl or C! To C i 2 alkylbenzyl, A 6 and A 7 are divalent residues of formula XX M, and A ”3 may be selected from the group consisting of C i and B r in an alkyl group; epoxide, -OH, -SH, -NHRI 〇〇, -CH = CH2, (CH3) = CHz, -NC0 »-C (0) 0 H, -C (0) -Ci, -C (0) -Br, -Cm-OR! 〇4, ~ C (0) -NR i 〇2 R i 〇3 J where P: i ο 〇® is H, CI-C 1 2 alkyl, R i 〇2 and R i 〇3 means H or C 1 -C 4 alkyl, respectively, and R! 〇 4 means C,.-C 8 alkyl. R 〇 5 preferably means H. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the divalent radicals A 6 and A 7 may be selected from the following formulae -C (0) -0-R, -0-C (0)-(R ") i [ -And one 66-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (-C (0)-N Η-R,-N Η-C (0 )-(R ,,) u-, where R 'is C 2 to C 2 0, preferably C 2 to CI 2, and most preferably Cs to C 6 alkylene, phenylene, benzyl, or having preferably 2 to 6, and more preferably 2 to 4 ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide units Oligooxyalkylene, R〃 means Ci to Ci 2 alkylene, phenylene or benzyl, and u means 0 or 1, and -CH = C H2 or -C (C H3) = C Hz Attached to a C (0)-group. Particularly preferred compounds correspond to the formula XX Di,

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) (XXIX), 其中 A 6為C κ: H4及A 7為直接鍵或C !至C s亞烷基,亞苯 基或亞苯甲基,及 A” 3意為-C00H, ,-C (0)-C1, - C (()) - Β ϊ’,- C ( 0 ) - 0 R ί 〇 4 ,- C ( 〇 ) - N R 1 〇 2 R I 〇 3 ’ -C ( 0 ) 〇 - C 2 至 C ! 2 亞烷基-()Η,- C ( 0 ) 0 - C 2 至 c i 2 亞烷基-0 - C u)卜C H = C H2 ,或_ C ( 0 ) 0 - C 2至c i 2:亞烷基 0-C(0) -C(CH3 )=cti2 。 除了經胺基,羧基及狻基苯基取代之單官能性苯並 [4,5 ]咪唑並[2,1 - a ]異氮茚-1卜酮類,及具有一個多元官 能性取代基之苯並[4,5 ]眯唑並[2,卜a】異氮茚-i卜_類亦 具新穎性,及於一個範圍中本發明之進一步較佳具體實施 -67 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7___ 五、發明說明() 例為式X X X及X X X a化合物, 主體-A”4 (XXX), 主體-A ” 5 ( X X X a ), 其中 A ”4為單價官能基(亦意為可聚合基),其可直接或經由 橋鍵基連接至主體本體,及 A '為二_或三官能基(亦意為可聚合基),其可直接或 經由橋鍵基連接至主體本體,及 主體為蜇價苯並[4,5 ]眯唑並[2,卜a ]異氮茚-11 -酮, 主體茉環之鄰近碳原子可被苯環,雜芳香糸環或上逑兩者 縮合,及此等環較之於主體核結構之苯環係更易與官能基 連接, 芳香族環為未經取代或經取MF,C1 ,Br,-CS, -㈣2 ,c t至C i 8综基,c 3至C ι 2環烧基,c 6 SCi 8芳基,C5至C! 7雑芳基,C3至Ci 2環烷 基燒基,C6至C! 8芳烷基,Cs至〇; 7雜芳烷基, Ca ICi 8烷氧基,c3至Ci 2環烷氧基,Ce至 Ct 8芳氧基,C5至(:1 7雜芳氧基,C3至Ci 2環 烷基烷氧基,至C .i 8芳烷氧基,至C! 7雜芳 综氧基,C 1至C ! 8烷基硫基,C 3至c 1 2環烷基硫 基,C 6至C ! 8芳基硫基,C 5至C ί 7雜芳基硫基, C3至Ci 2環烷基烷基硫基,C6至Ci 8芳烷基硫基 ,c 5至C i 7雑芳烷基硫基,c i至C i 8烷基-s 0 -或 _ δ 8 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)(Please read the note on the back to write this page first) (XXIX), where A 6 is C κ: H4 and A 7 are direct bonds or C! To C s alkylene, phenylene, or benzylidene, and A ”3 means -C00H,, -C (0) -C1,-C (())-β ϊ ',-C (0)-0 R ί 〇4,-C (〇)-NR 1 〇2 RI 〇 3 '-C (0) 〇- C 2 to C! 2 alkylene-() Η,-C (0) 0-C 2 to ci 2 alkylene-0-Cu) CH = C H2, or _C (0) 0-C2 to ci2: alkylene 0-C (0) -C (CH3) = cti2. Except for monofunctional benzene substituted with amine, carboxyl and fluorenylphenyl Benzo [4,5] imidazo [2,1-a] isoazindene-1 ketones, and benzo [4,5] pyrazolo [2, bua] iso with one multifunctional substituent The indene-i-b_ class is also novel, and a further preferred embodiment of the present invention in a range -67-This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7___ V. Description of the invention () Examples are compounds of formulas XXX and XXX a, host-A "4 (XXX), host-A" 5 (XXX a), where A "4 is a monovalent functional group (also Is a polymerizable group), which can be connected to the main body directly or via a bridging group, and A 'is a di- or trifunctional group (also means a polymerizable group), which can be connected to the main body directly or via a bridging group. And the main body is a valence benzo [4,5] oxazo [2, bua] isoazindene-11-one, the adjacent carbon atoms of the main moss ring can be replaced by a benzene ring, a heteroaromatic fluorene ring or a fluorene ring. These are condensed, and these rings are more easily connected to functional groups than the benzene ring system of the main core structure. The aromatic ring is unsubstituted or MF, C1, Br, -CS, -㈣2, ct to Ci 8 Hexyl, c 3 to C 2 cycloalkyl, c 6 SCi 8 aryl, C5 to C! 7 aryl, C3 to Ci 2 cycloalkyl, C6 to C! 8 aralkyl, Cs to 〇; 7 heteroaralkyl, Ca ICi 8 alkoxy, c3 to Ci 2 cycloalkoxy, Ce to Ct 8 aryloxy, C5 to (: 1 7 heteroaryloxy, C3 to Ci 2 cycloalkyl Alkoxy, to C.i 8 aralkoxy, to C! 7 heteroaryl complex, C 1 to C! 8 alkylthio, C 3 to c 1 2 cycloalkylthio, C 6 to C! 8 arylthio, C 5 to C 7 heteroarylthio, C3 to Ci 2 cycloalkylalkylthio, C6 to Ci 8 aralkylthio , C 5 to C i 7 aralkylthio, ci to C i 8 alkyl-s 0-or _ δ 8-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ( (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)

Γ . ί I tmt n ^ ^ I i Hi H ϋ I 11 I 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() -SOz ,C 3 至 C 1 2 環烷基- so-或-S02 ,C 6 至 c I 8 芳基- SO-或- S02 ,C5 至 Ci 7 雜芳基- SO-或- S〇2 ,C3 至C ί 2環垸基烷基-SO-或-S〇2 ,C 6至C i 8芳烷基-30 -或- S〇2 ,Cs至ci7雜芳烷基- so -或 -S02 ,具2 至3丨〗個碳原子之二级胺基,及具2至20個碳原子之烷氧 基烷基, 惟除了當(aUOH基直接鐽結至苯環,或U2)-NH2基直 接或經由亞苯基橋鐽基鍵结,或U3)當COO Η基經由亞苯基 橋鍵基鍵結至策並[4,5 ] Β米啤並[2,1 - a ]異氮節-11 - _核結 構之苯環,則於式X X X化合物中額外地至少其中一個取 代基鐽結至苯環。. 環脂族和芳香族殘基(取代基)亦可經取代,例如經 取代 M F ,C ί 或 B r ,-CN,-N02 ,C I 至 C i 8 烷基 ,C 3至C Ϊ 2環垸基,C 6至C t 8芳基,C 3至C ; Z 環烷基烷基,C 6至C ί. 8芳烷基,C 5至C ; 7雑芳烷 基,Ci gCt 8烷氧基,c3至C! Ζ環烷基烷氧基, C 6至C I 8芳氧基。 取代基之例子為F ,C〗,B r ,甲基,乙基,丙基 ,了基,己基,申氧基,乙氧基,丙氧基,丁氧基,己氧 基,甲基硫基,乙基硫基,甲基一或乙基一 so-,甲基一 或乙基一 S〇2-,笼基,笨甲基,甲笨甲薩基,二甲苯基 7 Ψ基苯申基,二甲基苯审基,氯苯基,二氯苯基,甲氧 基苯基,二甲氧基苯基,甲氧基苯甲基,二甲氧基苯甲基 -6 9 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ---------------------訂---------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7_______ 五、發明說明() 較洼者* 1或2爾環與鄰近之碳原子縮合以形成雙環 或三環m統。此等可被選自苯,呋喃,at吩,at咯,吡啶 及_曝° 於一個較佳具體實施例中,於式X X X化合物之橋鐽 基相對應於式XXI, -X t - (R 1 ) r- (Xz ) s-R3 - (XXI), 其中 X 1 ,X 2 ,R. I ,R 3 ,r及S具有相同於上文所逑之 意義且包括較佳具體實施例。 官能基A”4及A%可選自包含經烷基鐽結之鹵素如C 1 及 B r ; -N3 ,環氧化物,-0H,-SH,-CN,-NHR ! 〇 〇 , = C = NR i 〇 〇 ,=C0,-CH = 0,-NCO,-CH = CHZ , - C (ί: H 3 ) = C H z ,- C ( 0 ) 0 H,- S 0 3 H,~ S 0 2 C i,- S 0 2 C I, -S()2 Br,-C(0)-C1,-C(0)-Br,i , -0C(0)-rjRi 〇 2 Ri 〇 3 ? - C (0) - 0 R i 〇 4 , -S 0 2 - 0 R i 〇 4 ,- C ( 0 ) - N R ! 〇 2 R ! 〇 3 ,及 -S 0 z - N R ! 〇 z K i 〇 3 , 其中 R! 〇 〇意為H,C! 一 C; 8烷基,苯基,或苯甲基, R 1 Ο 1意為C i 一 C i 8烷基,苯基,或苯甲基, R t 〇 2及R 1 〇 3分別意為Η,C ! 一 C i 8烷基,苯 基,或苯甲基,及 -7 0 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ----訂--------- 0 1220902 A7 B7 五 發明說明( κ ί 〇 4恩為C ί 一 C 1 8烧基,苯基,或奪甲基。 R ι 〇 〇 , R -I 〇 1 , R 1 0 2 · R t 0 3 及 R ί- 〇 4 為烷基時較佳含有1至1 2個,更佳為1至8個及最佳為1 至4個碳原子。Γ. Ί I tmt n ^ ^ I i Hi H ϋ I 11 I 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () -SOz, C 3 to C 1 2 cycloalkyl-so- or -S02, C 6 to c I 8 Aryl-SO- or -S02, C5 to Ci7 Heteroaryl-SO-or-S02, C3 to C ί 2cyclofluorenylalkyl-SO- or -S02, C6 to Ci8 Aralkyl-30-or-S〇2, Cs to ci7 heteroaralkyl-so- or -S02, a secondary amine group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and a secondary amine group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms Alkoxyalkyl, except when (aUOH is directly bonded to a benzene ring, or U2) -NH2 is bonded directly or via a phenylene bridge, or U3) when COO is bonded via a phenylene bridge The phenyl ring is bonded to the benzo [4,5] Benzene [2,1-a] isoazepine-11-_ nucleus of the nucleus structure, and then at least one of the substituents in the compound of the formula XXX is fused To the benzene ring. Cycloaliphatic and aromatic residues (substituents) can also be substituted, such as substituted MF, C ί or B r, -CN, -N02, CI to Ci 8 alkyl, C 3 to C Ϊ 2 ring Fluorenyl, C 6 to C t 8 aryl, C 3 to C; Z cycloalkylalkyl, C 6 to C ί. 8 aralkyl, C 5 to C; 7 fluorenyl aralkyl, Ci gCt 8 alkane Oxygen, c3 to C! Z cycloalkylalkoxy, C6 to CI8aryloxy. Examples of substituents are F, C, Br, methyl, ethyl, propyl, hexyl, hexyl, syloxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, hexyloxy, methylsulfide Methyl, ethylthio, methyl- or ethyl-so-, methyl- or ethyl-S02-, caged, phenylmethyl, methylbenzyl, xylyl 7 , Dimethylbenzyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, methoxybenzyl, dimethoxybenzyl-6 9-Ben Paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) --------------------- Order ---------. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1220902 A7 _B7_______ V. Description of the invention () Poorer * 1 or 2 er rings are condensed with adjacent carbon atoms to form a bicyclic or tricyclic m system. These can be selected from the group consisting of benzene, furan, atphen, atrole, pyridine, and _. In a preferred embodiment, the bridging group of the compound of formula XXX corresponds to formula XXI, -X t-(R 1) r- (Xz) s-R3-(XXI), where X1, X2, R.I, R3, r and S have the same meanings as above and include preferred embodiments. The functional group A "4 and A% may be selected from the group consisting of alkyl-halogenated halogens such as C1 and Br; -N3, epoxide, -0H, -SH, -CN, -NHR! 〇〇, = C = NR i 〇〇, = C0, -CH = 0, -NCO, -CH = CHZ, -C (ί: H 3) = CH z, -C (0) 0 H, -S 0 3 H, ~ S 0 2 C i,-S 0 2 CI, -S () 2 Br, -C (0) -C1, -C (0) -Br, i, -0C (0) -rjRi 〇2 Ri 〇3?- C (0)-0 R i 〇4, -S 0 2-0 R i 〇4,-C (0)-NR! 〇 2 R! 〇3, and -S 0 z-NR! 〇z K i 〇 3, where R! 〇〇 means H, C!-C; 8 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, R 1 〇 1 means C i-C i 8 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl , R t 〇2 and R 1 〇3 means Η, C! -C i 8 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, and -7 0-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) ---- Order --------- 0 1220902 A7 B7 Five Invention Instructions (κ ί 〇04 grace is C ί 1 C 1 8 alkyl, phenyl, or methyl. R 〇〇, R-I 〇1, R 1 0 2 · R t 0 3 and R When -〇4 is an alkyl group, it preferably contains 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 8, and most preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

更佳者,官能基Α”4及可選自包含經烷基鐽结之 C i 及 B r ;環氧化物,-OH,-SH,-NHR i 〇 〇 ,-CH = CH2 ,-C(CH3 )=CH2 , -NC0, -C(0)0H, -C(0)-C1, -C(0)-Br, -C(0)-0Ri 〇 4 ^ -C(0)-NRi 〇 z Ri 〇 3 J 其中More preferably, the functional group A ″ 4 and may be selected from the group consisting of C i and B r including alkyl groups; epoxide, -OH, -SH, -NHR i 〇〇, -CH = CH2, -C ( CH3) = CH2, -NC0, -C (0) 0H, -C (0) -C1, -C (0) -Br, -C (0) -0Ri 〇4 ^ -C (0) -NRi 〇z Ri 〇3 J where

Ric〇〇 意為 H,Ci— 烷基, R i。2及R ! 〇 3分別意為H或C i 一 C 4烷基,及 R 1 Ο 4意為C t 一 C S烷基。 於一個最佳具體實施例中,式X X X化合物相對應於 式 X X X I 及 X X X I a , 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 頁Ric〇〇 means H, Ci-alkyl, R i. 2 and R! 03 means H or C i -C 4 alkyl, and R 1 O 4 means C t -C S alkyl, respectively. In a preferred embodiment, the compounds of formula X X X correspond to formulas X X X I and X X X I a. Please read the notes on the back page first.

其中 R 〇 1 ,R 〇 2 ,:R。3 ,R 0 4 及 R 0 5 分別意為 Η, C丨,C i至C ! 8烷基,C !至C ! 8烷氧基,苯基, 苯甲基,C !至C * 2烷基苯基或c i至C i 2烷基苯甲 - 7 1 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() 基,A 9為直接鍵或相對應於式X X X I之二價殘基,及 A ” 4可選自包含經烷基鍵結之C丨及B r ;環氧化物, (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -ϋΗ,-SH,-NHR » 〇 〇 ,-CH = CHz ,- C (C Η 3 ) =CH2 , -NCO ,-C(0)i)H,-C(0)-C1,-C(0)-Br,- {:(0)-〇{^ 〇 4 , -C ( 0 ) - N R i 〇 2 R i 〇 3 , 其中 R I. 〇 〇 意為 H,C I — C i 2 烷基, R i 〇 2及R i 〇 3分別意為H或C 1 一 C 4烷基,及 R ί ο 4意為C 1 — C 8烷基。R ο 5較佳意為H。 於一個特別佳具體實施例中,Α9為直接鐽,Ci至 C i £亞烷基,亞苯基,亞苯甲基,C i至C I 2氧化烯 ,氧亞苯基,氧亞茏甲基,Ct至(:1 2硫基亞烷基,硫 基亞笨基或硫基亞苯甲基,或二價基可選自於下式 -C(0) - ()-R,-0-C(0)-(R,,)u- 及 -C(0)-NH-R ?-NH-C(0)- (R")u- ^ 其中R '為C 2至C 2 〇 ,較佳為C 2至C ! ζ ,及最佳 為C 2至C 6亞烷基,亞苯基,亞苯甲基,或具有較佳為 2至6假,及更佳為2至4個氧化乙烯及/或氧化丙烯單 位之寡氧化烯,R 〃意為C 1至C ! 2 S烷基,亞苯基或 亞苯甲基,及u意為0或1 ,及- CH = CH2或- C(CH3 )=CH2 連接1 c (ο)-基。 特別佳之化合物相對應於式X X X I, - 72- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五 發明說明(Among them, R 〇 1, R 〇 2,: R. 3, R 0 4 and R 0 5 respectively represent Η, C 丨, Ci to Ci! 8 alkyl, C! To C! 8 alkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, C! To C * 2 alkane Phenyl or ci to Ci 2 alkyl benzyl-7 1-This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () The base, A 9 is A direct bond or a divalent residue corresponding to the formula XXXI, and A ″ 4 may be selected from the group consisting of C 丨 and B r through an alkyl bond; epoxide, (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) -ϋΗ, -SH, -NHR »〇〇, -CH = CHz, -C (CΗ3) = CH2, -NCO, -C (0) i) H, -C (0) -C1, -C (0) -Br,-{: (0) -〇 {^ 〇4, -C (0)-NR i 〇2 R i 〇3, where R I. 〇 means H, CI-C i 2 alkane Groups, R i 〇2 and R i 〇3 mean H or C 1 -C 4 alkyl, respectively, and R ο 4 means C 1 -C 8 alkyl. R 5 preferably means H. In one In a particularly preferred embodiment, A9 is direct fluorene, Ci to Ci £ alkylene, phenylene, benzyl, Ci to CI 2 alkylene oxide, oxyphenylene, oxymethylene, Ct To (: 1 2 Thioalkylene, thiobenzylidene or thiobenzylidene, or a divalent group may be selected from the formula -C (0)-() -R, -0-C (0)-(R ,,) u- and -C (0) -NH-R? -NH-C (0)-(R ") u- ^ where R 'is C 2 to C 2 0, preferably C 2 to C! ζ, and most preferably C 2 to C 6 alkylene, phenylene, benzyl, or having preferably 2 to 6 pseudo, and more preferably 2 to 4 ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide units Oligoalkylene oxide, R〃 means C 1 to C! 2 S alkyl, phenylene or benzyl, and u means 0 or 1, and-CH = CH2 or-C (CH3) = CH2 1 c (ο) -based. Particularly good compounds correspond to formula XXXI,-72- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 Five invention descriptions (

(XXXII), 其中 A 9為直接鍵或C !至(:6亞烷基,亞苯基或亞苯甲基, 及 A ” 4 意為-C 0 0 Η,,- C ( ϋ ) - C i,- C ( 0 ) - B r, -C(0) - 0 R1 〇 4 ,-C(0)-N8i 〇 2 R j 〇 3 ,-C(0 ) 0 -C 2 SC! 2 ® 烷基- 〇H,-C(0)0-C2 MCi 2 亞烷基-〇 -C(0)-Cfi = (:H2 ,或- C(0)0-C2 至 Ci 2 亞烷基-0-C(0)- C(CH3 )=CH2 。 式X X X化合_之例子為(Ph意為苯基):(XXXII), where A 9 is a direct bond or C! To (: 6 alkylene, phenylene, or benzyl, and A "4 means -C 0 0 Η ,,-C (ϋ)-C i,-C (0)-B r, -C (0)-0 R1 〇4, -C (0) -N8i 〇2 R j 〇3, -C (0) 0 -C 2 SC! 2 ® alkane -OH, -C (0) 0-C2 MCi 2 alkylene -0-C (0) -Cfi = (: H2, or -C (0) 0-C2 to Ci 2 alkylene-0- C (0)-C (CH3) = CH2. An example of a compound of formula XXX is (Ph means phenyl):

請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 寫 本 頁 其中 R 3 4 為 c 1 ,Ο Η,0 R ! ·:· 4 或 R ! 〇 4 意為 c t 一 C 8 烷基,S 1 2 R 1 〇 3及R ^ 〇 2及R i 3分別意為 Η,C — C 4烷基或C 2至C 4羥基烷基,-C (0) 0 _ C 2 至 C 1 2 亞烷基 H(())-CH = CH2 ,-C(0)0-Cz 至 C ! 2 亞烷基-(卜(:(0)1((〕113)4}12,-〇(0)0!^-〇2至(:12 亞烷基 H(0)-CH = CH2 ,或-C(())NH-C2 至 C ! 2 亞烷 -73- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7Please read the note on the back first and write this page where R 3 4 is c 1, 〇 Η, 0 R! ·: · 4 or R! 〇4 means ct-C 8 alkyl, S 1 2 R 1 〇3 and R ^ 〇2 and R i 3 respectively represent Η, C—C 4 alkyl or C 2 to C 4 hydroxyalkyl, -C (0) 0 _ C 2 to C 1 2 alkylene H (()) -CH = CH2, -C (0) 0-Cz to C! 2 alkylene- (Bu (:( 0) 1 (() 113) 4) 12, -〇 (0) 0! ^-〇2 to (: 12 alkylene H (0) -CH = CH2, or -C (()) NH-C2 to C! 2 alkylene-73- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 Mm) 1220902 A7 B7

PhPh

五、發明說明( 0-C(u)-C(CH3 l^CHz ;V. Description of the invention (0-C (u) -C (CH3 l ^ CHz;

其中among them

R 3 5為直接鍵,亞甲基,亞乙基,2,2-亞丙基,0,S ,NH,N(Ci 至 C4 烷基),C(0)或 C(())SH,及 R3 4 具有如上逑之意義; R35-C6Hr〇-R36 其中 r3 5具有如上逑之意義及R3s意為H,C2至C4羥 基烷基,縮水甘油基或ORs 6意為NH-縮水甘油基或NHCz 至C4羥基烷基;及 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁)R 3 5 is a direct bond, methylene, ethylene, 2,2-propylene, 0, S, NH, N (Ci to C4 alkyl), C (0) or C (()) SH, And R3 4 has the meaning as above; R35-C6Hr0-R36 where r3 5 has the meaning as above and R3s means H, C2 to C4 hydroxyalkyl, glycidyl or ORs 6 means NH-glycidyl or NHCz to C4 hydroxyalkyl; and (Please read the notes on the back first to write this page)

PhPh

PhPh

nX)~ NH-C(0)-C(CH3)=CH2 74- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( PhnX) ~ NH-C (0) -C (CH3) = CH2 74- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Ph

PhPh

-C(O) -c(ch3) =ch2-C (O) -c (ch3) = ch2

PhPh

Ph nh-ch2-ch=ch2Ph nh-ch2-ch = ch2

較佳之式XXX化合物相對應於式xxx I及XXX I a 〇Preferred compounds of formula XXX correspond to formulas xxx I and XXX I a.

(XXXIII), (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)(XXXIII), (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

(XXXIIIa), 其中 苯環之鄰近碳原子可被苯環,雜芳香条環或上逑兩者縮合 ,及 芳番族環為未經取代或經取代Μ鹵素如F ,C丨或Br , -CN,,C t至C 1 8烷基,C 3至C 1 2環烷基, C 6至C I 8芳基,C 5至C ! 7雜芳基,C 3至c i 2 環烷基烷基,Cl至8芳烷基,C3至Cl 7雑芳烷 基,Ci至Ci 8烷氧基,c3至Ci2環烷氧基,c6 至C 18芳氧基,C 5至C 1 7雜芳氧基,C 3至c L 2 環烷基烷氧基,C 6至C ! 3芳烷氧基,C 5至C i 7雜 -75- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() 芳烷氧基,C 1至C ! 8烷基硫基,C 3至C i 2環烷基 硫基,C 6至C i 8芳基硫基,C 5至C i 7雜芳基硫基 ,C 3至C 1 2環焼基烧基硫基,C 6至C ; 8芳i完基硫 基,至Cl 7雜芳烷基硫基,Cl至0)^ 8烷基-SO-或-S〇2 ,C 3 至 C 1 2 環烷基-SO-或-S02 ,C 6 至 C i 8 芳基- SO-或- S〇2 ,Cs 至 Cl 7 雜芳基 _S0-或- S〇2 ,c3 全C i 2環t完基_基-S 0 -或-S 0 2 ,C 6至C 1 8芳燒基- SO-或- S02 ,C5至C 1 7雜芳烷基- so-或 -S02 ,具2 至31)個碳原子之二級胺基,及具2至2G涸碳原子之烷氧基 烷基,環脂族和芳香族殘基(取代基)亦可經取代,例如 經取代K鹵素如F,C 1或B r ,- C N,- N 0 2 ,C i至 C ί 8 i完基,C 3至C i 2環烷基,C S至C j. 8芳基, C 3全C ! 2環‘烷基_基,C 6至C 1 8芳燒基,C s至 C! 7雜芳烷基,Ci至Ci 8烷氧基,C3至C! 2環 烷基烷氧基,C6至c, S芳氧基,及 A , 〇意為三價有機基及A 意為四價有機基。 取代基之例子為F ,C 1 ,B r ,甲基,乙基,丙基 ,丁基,己基,甲氧基,乙氧基,丙氧基,丁氧基,己氧 基,甲基硫基,乙基硫基,甲基一或乙基一 so-,甲基一 或乙基一S 〇2 -,苯基,苯甲基,甲苯甲醯基,二甲苯基 ,申基苯甲基,二甲基苯甲基,氯苯基,二氯苯基,甲氧 基笼基,二甲氧基苯基,甲氧基苯甲基,二甲氧基茏甲基 0 - 76- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) π裝(XXXIIIa), where adjacent carbon atoms of the benzene ring can be condensed by a benzene ring, a heteroaromatic ring, or a sulfonium ring, and the aromatic heterocyclic ring is an unsubstituted or substituted M halogen such as F, C 丨 or Br,- CN ,, C t to C 1 8 alkyl, C 3 to C 1 2 cycloalkyl, C 6 to CI 8 aryl, C 5 to C! 7 heteroaryl, C 3 to ci 2 cycloalkylalkyl , Cl to 8 aralkyl, C3 to Cl 7 aralkyl, Ci to Ci 8 alkoxy, c3 to Ci 2 cycloalkoxy, c6 to C 18 aryloxy, C 5 to C 1 7 heteroaryloxy Group, C 3 to c L 2 cycloalkylalkoxy group, C 6 to C! 3 aralkyloxy group, C 5 to C i 7 hetero-75- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () Aralkyloxy, C 1 to C! 8 alkylthio, C 3 to C i 2 cycloalkylthio, C 6 to C i 8 aryl Thio, C 5 to C i 7 heteroarylthio, C 3 to C 1 2 cyclofluorenylthio, C 6 to C; 8 aryl i thio, to Cl 7 heteroaralkyl thio Group, Cl to 0) ^ alkyl-SO- or -S02, C3 to C12 cycloalkyl-SO- or -S02, C6 to Ci8 aryl-SO- or -S. 2, Cs to Cl 7 heteroaryl_S0- or-S〇2, c3 All C i 2 ring t-endyl-S 0-or -S 0 2, C 6 to C 1 8 aralkyl-SO- or-S02, C 5 to C 1 7 heteroaralkyl-so- or- S02, a secondary amine group having 2 to 31) carbon atoms, and an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 2G fluorene carbon atoms, cycloaliphatic and aromatic residues (substituents) can also be substituted, such as by Substituted K halogens such as F, C 1 or B r, -CN, -N 0 2, Ci to C 8 8 i end, C 3 to Ci 2 cycloalkyl, CS to C j. 8 aryl, C 3 all C! 2 cyclo'alkyl_yl, C 6 to C 1 8 aralkyl, C s to C! 7 heteroaralkyl, Ci to Ci 8 alkoxy, C3 to C! 2 cycloalkylalkane Oxygen, C6 to c, Saryloxy, and A, 0 means a trivalent organic group and A means a tetravalent organic group. Examples of substituents are F, C1, Br, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, hexyloxy, methylsulfide Methyl, ethylthio, methyl- or ethyl-so-, methyl- or ethyl-S02-, phenyl, benzyl, tolylmethyl, xylyl, sylbenzyl , Dimethylbenzyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, methoxycyl, dimethoxyphenyl, methoxybenzyl, dimethoxyfluorenylmethyl 0-76- This paper Standards are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

n n ϋ I 一 β ·ϋ ϋ ·ϋ ^1 ϋ ^1 ϋ I 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 較佳者,未具官能基之環與鄰近之碳原子縮合Μ形成 雙環系統。它們可被選自苯,呋喃,暖吩,%咯,蚍啶及ug 〇 於一個較佳具體實施例中,A ^ 0相對應於式XXXIV 及A ! !相對應於式X X XIV a, -R3r(X4)a*R32'(Xs)b (XXXIV), 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 •R3T<R33 ·χιο (XXXIVa),n n ϋ I-β · ϋ ϋ · ϋ ^ 1 ϋ ^ 1 ϋ I 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Preferably, a ring without a functional group is condensed with an adjacent carbon atom to form a bicyclic system. They can be selected from the group consisting of benzene, furan, warm phen,% role, pyridine, and ug. In a preferred embodiment, A ^ 0 corresponds to the formula XXXIV and A!! Corresponds to the formula XX XIV a,- R3r (X4) a * R32 '(Xs) b (XXXIV), please read the notes on the back first • R3T < R33 · χιο (XXXIVa),

頁 其中 (a ) R 3 i為直接鐽,C!至0】2亞烷基,亞苯基或 亞甲苯基; X 4 為 N,0,S,C (0) 0或 C (0) N ; R3 2為當a為1及b為2時為C2至Ci 2烧基三基, 苯基三基或苯甲基三基,或當a為1及b為3時為C 2至 C t 2烷基四基,苯基四基或苯甲基四基; X8 意為(〕H,SH,SHz ,C(0)0H,C(0)[Niii2 ,0C(0)-CH = ,〇(;(〇) - C(C{i3 )=CH2 ,HNC(())-CH = CH2 , HNC(ϋ)-C (CH3 )=CH2 ,或 (b ) R 3 2為直接鍵,a為0及b為2或:3,X 8具有 上逑之意義,及R 3 ;為當b為2時意為C 2至C i 2烷 基三基,苯基三基或苯甲基三基,或當為3時為C 2至 -77- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 訂 «Wherein (a) R 3 i is direct fluorene, C! To 0] 2 alkylene, phenylene or tolylylene; X 4 is N, 0, S, C (0) 0 or C (0) N R3 2 is C2 to Ci 2 when a is 1 and b is 2 alkynyl triyl, phenyltriyl or benzyltriyl, or C 2 to C t when a is 1 and b is 3 2 alkyltetrayl, phenyltetrayl or benzyltetrayl; X8 means (] H, SH, SHz, C (0) 0H, C (0) [Niii2, 0C (0) -CH =, 〇 (; (〇)-C (C (i3) = CH2, HNC (())-CH = CH2, HNC (ϋ) -C (CH3) = CH2, or (b) R 3 2 is a direct bond, a is 0 and b are 2 or: 3, X 8 has the meaning of 逑, and R 3; when b is 2, meaning C 2 to C i 2 alkyltriyl, phenyltriyl or benzyltriyl , Or C 2 to -77 when it is 3- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) Order «

1220902 A7 B7 五 發明說明( 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項1220902 A7 B7 5 Description of the invention (please read the notes on the back first)

Ci 2烷基四基,苯基四基或苯甲基四基; ί C ) R 3 i為直接鍵,Ct至Ctz亞烷基,亞苯基或 亞甲苯基; X 9 為 N 或 C ( 0 ) N ; R 3 3為C 2至C ! 2亞烷基; X L ·:·意為 0 Η,S Η,N ,C ( 0 ) 0 Η,C ( 0 ) N Η2 , 0C(0)-CH=CH2 , 0C(0)-C(CH3 )=CHz , HNC(O)-CH=CH2 , HNC(Ci)-C(CH3 )=CH2 ,或-CH = CH2 。 R 3 !及R 3 3為亞烷基之意義中較佳含有2至8個 ,及更佳為2至4個碳原子。R 3 2於燒基三基之意義中 較佳含有2至8個,更佳為2至6個,及最佳為2至4個 碳原子。 於一個較佳具體實皰例中,多元官能基化合物相對應 於式 X X X V 及 X X X V a,Ci 2 alkyl tetrayl, phenyl tetrayl or benzyl tetrayl; ί C) R 3 i is a direct bond, Ct to Ctz alkylene, phenylene or tolylyl; X 9 is N or C ( 0) N; R 3 3 is C 2 to C! 2 alkylene; XL ·: · means 0 Η, S Η, N, C (0) 0 Η, C (0) N Η 2, 0C (0) -CH = CH2, 0C (0) -C (CH3) = CHz, HNC (O) -CH = CH2, HNC (Ci) -C (CH3) = CH2, or -CH = CH2. In the sense that R 3! And R 3 3 are alkylene, it preferably contains 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms. R 3 2 preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and most preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms. In a preferred embodiment, the polyfunctional compound corresponds to the formula X X X V and X X X V a.

其中 R 〇 ί , R 〇 z ^ R 〇 3 , R 〇 4 及 R. 〇 5 分別意為 Η , C ί ,C 至C t 3烷基,C i至C ! 8烷氧基,苯基, 苯甲基,C ί至C t 2烷基苯基或C t至C ί £烷基苯甲 - 78- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 基,A ! 〇相對應於式X X X [V及A 。R 〇 5較佳意為Η。Wherein R 〇ί, R 〇z ^ R 〇3, R 〇4 and R. 〇5 respectively means Η, C ί, C to C t 3 alkyl, Ci to C! 8 alkoxy, phenyl, Benzyl, C ί to C t 2 alkylphenyl or C t to C ί alkylbenzene-78- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Base, A! 〇 corresponds to the formula XXX [V and A. R 〇5 preferably means Η.

相對應於式XXXIV --------------------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 7 9- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明(Corresponds to the formula XXXIV -------------------- Order --------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 7 9 -This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (

個較佳具體實_例中,AIn a better specific example, A

及A 基可選自 下列基 -ο- ΙΙ 〇 :ch2]2 -C ——N—CCHr- II 〇 -ο- ΙΙ 〇 -ο—CH; -CH- CH, ch2oh *C一0 — CH,— ο- ΙΙ 2 I 〇 Cl· °C — 0 —CH; II 〇 •C一〇—CHr II 2 〇 0 II -CH CH2〇—C — CH = CH2 ch2o-c—ch=ch2 0 CH, II I 3 -c- II 〇 •O — CH; -C=CH, i,0-c ——C = CH, 2 II I 2 0 CH, --------------裝—— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項\^寫本頁) -ο- ΙΙ 〇 Ό —CHr Γ3 -c—And the A group may be selected from the following groups: -ο- ΙΙΟ: ch2] 2-C -N-CCHr-II 〇-ο- ΙΙ〇-ο-CH; -CH-CH, ch2oh * C-0-CH, — Ο- ΙΙ 2 I 〇Cl · ° C — 0 —CH; II 〇 • C—〇—CHr II 2 〇0 II—CH CH2〇—C — CH = CH2 ch2o-c—ch = ch2 0 CH, II I 3 -c- II 〇 • O — CH; -C = CH, i, 0-c ——C = CH, 2 II I 2 0 CH, -------------- install —— (Please read the notes on the back first \ ^ Write this page) -ο- ΙΙ 〇Ό —CHr Γ3 -c—

〇 II CH, ch2o-c—ch=ch2 〇 -c一0 — CH; II 〇 0 CH^ II I 3 -ch2o—c—c=ch2 CH,0 — C —C = 2 II I 0 CH, :CH,〇II CH, ch2o-c—ch = ch2 〇-c—0 — CH; II 〇0 CH ^ II I 3 -ch2o—c—c = ch2 CH, 0 — C —C = 2 II I 0 CH,: CH,

〇 II〇 II

〇 II CH, ch2o—c—c=ch2 --線·〇 II CH, ch2o—c—c = ch2 --line ·

0 II •c — o —CH,— C- II 2 I 〇 ch2o-c—ch=ch2 ch2o—c—ch=ch2 C —o —CH; II 2 〇 •ch2o—c—c=ch2 II 〇 -ο- Ι CH,〇-C — C = 2 II I 0 CH, 80- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7B7 五、發明說明( 式XXXI及XXX SI a之部份較佳例子為具有下式基之化 合街(Ph意為苯基):0 II • c — o —CH, — C- II 2 I 〇ch2o-c—ch = ch2 ch2o—c—ch = ch2 C —o —CH; II 2 〇 • ch2o—c—c = ch2 II 〇- ο- Ι CH, 〇-C — C = 2 II I 0 CH, 80- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7B7 V. Description of the invention (Formula XXXI and XXX SI Part of the preferred example of a is the compound street (Ph means phenyl) with the following formula:

Ph Ph PhPh Ph Ph

C (0)N(CH2CH20H)2 Ph 〇C (0) N (CH2CH20H) 2 Ph 〇

Ph Ph PhPh Ph Ph

PhPh

Ph PhPh Ph

Ph PhPh Ph

Ph Ph PhPh Ph Ph

PhPh

Ph Ph PhPh Ph Ph

^^-c6h4(nh2)2 Ph^^-c6h4 (nh2) 2 Ph

N 請先閱讀背面之注意事N Please read the notes on the back first

Order

Ph Ph PhPh Ph Ph

Nt> CH2C6H4 (C〇2H)2 PhNt > CH2C6H4 (C〇2H) 2 Ph

NN

Ph Ph PhPh Ph Ph

0C6H4(C02H)2 Ph 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A70C6H4 (C02H) 2 Ph This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐〉 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 宫能基主體化合物之例子中,下列之化合物可被提 〇This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (In the example of the main compound of the palace energy base, the following compounds can be extracted.

(〇 〇一(〇 〇 一

其可由 於一溶 乙基甲 步驟可 可含有 燥,例 除殘餘 闱,例 相 _氯, 熱至反 佳係K 相 相對應 劑,例 基丙烯 藉由將 酸例如 如藉由 的羥基 如溶解 對應_ 較佳於 應完成 氮氣流 對應二 之_基 如無水 酸酯, 完全反 HC 1 > 真空抽 乙基甲 於氯仿 基氯之 溶劑如 ,例如 移除。 酸化合 氯®始而 蚍啶,及 其較佳係 應之混合 Μ生成一 氣。該粗 基丙烯酸 後再倒入 合成較佳 無水苯中 至迴流溫 合成,例 加入較佳 溶解於相 物慢慢地 沈澱,該 沈澱較佳 酯,該純 大量過量 為相對應 反應。該 度。溶劑 如藉由進 為大量過 同的溶劑 倒至冰, 沈澱可被 被進一步 化可藉由 之己燒。 二酸化合 反應混合 與過量亞 行該反應 量之羥基 中。鈍化 該反應物 過濾及乾 純化Μ移 再沈澱作 物與亞硫 物可被加 硫醯氯較 物之合成例如可由二苯基-3,4,3 ’ -83- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)It can be dried because of a step of dissolving ethyl methyl. For example, the residual tritium is removed, the phase is chlorine, and the heat is the best K phase counterpart. For example, propylene is dissolved by dissolving the acid, such as by the hydroxyl group. _ It is better to complete the nitrogen stream corresponding to the two radicals such as anhydrous esters, completely reverse HC 1 > Vacuum evaporate ethyl methyl chloride with solvents such as, for example, removal. The acid chlorinated chloridin is the pyridine, and its preferred mixture is M to form a gas. The crude acrylic acid is then poured into a better synthesis of anhydrous benzene to reflux temperature. For example, it is better to dissolve in the phase and slowly precipitate. The precipitate is preferably an ester. The pure large excess is the corresponding reaction. The degree. If the solvent is poured into ice by adding a large amount of the same solvent, the precipitate can be further refined or it can be burned by itself. The diacid reaction is mixed with an excess of ADB in this amount of hydroxyl groups. Passivate the reactant by filtration and dry purification. M-reprecipitated crops and sulfites can be synthesized by adding sulfur chloride. For example, diphenyl-3,4,3'-83- This paper size applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

1220902 A7 _B7_五、發明說明() 三羧酸起始,其可得自依據於Zh. Org. Khifli 2(7),1288 (19δ6)中所逑之方法,其係藉由與3, 4-二胺基苯甲酸,較 佳於溶劑如乙酸酐中反應。所得之苯並[4,5]眯唑並[2, Ιέ]異氮茚 -1 卜酮 羧酸二 酸可被 過濾且 Κ 例如 常使用 之水及 甲醇清洗,及進一步之純化可使用管柱色層分析法較佳Μ 氯仿為沖提溶劑。 (I ) Ph Ph 其合成之起始可由相對應之四苯基-苯並[4 , 5 ]咪唑並[2,1 -a】異氮茚-U -嗣羧酸氯化锪(可得自如上逑二藏基氯之 相似方式),藉由與二烯丙基胺,較佳溶解於溶液如無水 毗啶中反應。純化步驟之進行可藉由將反應混合物慢慢地 倒至泳冷的水中,所得之粗反應產物Μ水清洗且乾燥。進 一步的純化作用可藉由管柱色層分析法使用例如氯仿為沖 提溶劑。 做為三官能基主體化合物之例子中,下列化合物可被 製造: OOCH=CH2 ch2 COOH2C-C-CH2P〇CCH=CH2 OOCH=CH2 該化合物之製備可進行於由相對應四苯基-苯並[4, 5] -84-1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () The starting of tricarboxylic acid can be obtained from the method described in Zhi. Org. Khifli 2 (7), 1288 (19δ6). -Diaminobenzoic acid, preferably reacted in a solvent such as acetic anhydride. The resulting benzo [4,5] oxazolo [2, Ιέ] isoazindene-1 benzonecarboxylic acid can be filtered and washed with water such as commonly used water and methanol, and further purification can be performed using a column The chromatographic analysis method preferably uses M chloroform as the elution solvent. (I) Ph Ph The synthesis can be started by the corresponding tetraphenyl-benzo [4,5] imidazo [2,1-a] isoazindene-U-fluorene phosphonium chloride (available freely In a similar manner to diazepyl chloride), by reacting with diallylamine, preferably in a solution such as anhydrous pyridine. The purification step can be performed by slowly pouring the reaction mixture into cold water, and the resulting crude reaction product M is washed with water and dried. Further purification can be performed by column chromatography using e.g. chloroform as the eluent. As an example of a trifunctional host compound, the following compounds can be manufactured: OOCH = CH2 ch2 COOH2C-C-CH2P〇CH = CH2 OOCH = CH2 The preparation of this compound can be carried out by the corresponding tetraphenyl-benzo [ 4, 5] -84-

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) .---------------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 訂: •線 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() 味啤並〖2, 1-a]異氮茚- il-嗣之三官能基0H-衍生物起始, 與丙烯釀氯較佳於溶劑如二氯串烷中反應。純化步驟可進 行於詩反應混合物倒入大量過量之水中,接著過濾所得的 沈澱。若需要時該粗產可進一步Μ例如水和甲醇清洗然 後乾燥,例如於減壓的大氣。 相對應三官能基0Η -衍生物之合成較佳係藉由季戊四 醇(大量過量)與四苯基-茏並[4,5]_唑並[2,:11]異氮 茚-11 __羧酸氯化物(可得自相對應之狻酸與亞碲釀氯反 應),較佳於溶劑如無水吡啶中反應。純化步驟可依一般 及上逑之方式進行。 製備本發明材料和化合物之方法通常進行於惰性溶劑 。惰性意為成份及溶液之間未有無需的副反應。溶液亦可 於使用本發明材料時陁用。 適當之惰性溶_例如為質子極性和非質子溶劑,其可 單獨或Μ至少二種溶麵之混合物使用。實施例為:水,醇 ί串醇,乙醇,丙醇,丁醇),乙二醇單甲基一或一單乙 _,謎(二丁基Β,四氫呋喃,二噁烷,乙二醇二甲基醚 ,乙二醇二乙醚,二乙二醇二乙醚,三乙二醇二甲基醚) ,_化烴(:亞甲基二氯,氯仿,1,2-二氯乙烷,1,1,卜三 氯乙烷,1,1,2,2 -四氯乙烷),羧酸酯和内酯(乙酸乙基 酯,丙酸甲基酯,笼甲酸乙基酯,2 -甲氧基乙基乙酸酯, 7 -]'酸內酯,δ -順式戊酸內酯,新戊酸内酯),狻酸_ 鞍和內醱胺;Ν,Ν-二甲基甲薩胺,Ν,Ν-二乙基甲醯胺,Ν, -85- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) π裝 訂--------- 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() N-二甲基乙釀胺,四甲基腸,六甲基亞磷酸三釀胺,7 -丁酸内醜胺,ε-己酸内醯胺,N -甲基毗咯烷嗣,1乙_ 基比咯烷酮,Ν -甲基己酸內_胺;亞繼(二申基亞礪), 観(二甲基礙,二乙基職,三伸申基»,四伸甲基碾), 三羅駿(Ν -甲基褫啶,Ν -甲基嗎啉),脂族和芳香烴如石 油醜,戊烷,己烷,環己烷,甲基環己烷,苯或經取代苯 (氯苯,〇-二氯苯,ί,2,4-三氯笼,硝基苯,帀苯,二甲 苯)和腈(乙膳,丙腈,苯腈,苯基乙腈),酮(丙_, 串基-異丁基-酬)。 被使用於本發明主體化合物較佳基之1,2,3,4-四苯基 -苯壶[4, 5]咪唑並[2,卜a]異氮茚-11-酮及其衍生物具有 於約3 7 fi毫微米之最大暖收,其係位於U V區域。然而其 等之發射波長拉伸由於U V之約350毫微米至於電冷光光 譜可見區域之4 5 0毫徵米。相對地,使用此類化合物為芏 體之主體/ _體類型材料,因為其等易於同時於U V及日 光轜射光源下使本身瀠發而可延伸至廣範圍之施用。因此 ,ft等材料於_用上可有用地做為塗色劑,例如夜晚或白 B使用的道路標記和交通號誌,其係因為它們顯現極亮的 日光螢光巨亦能藉由汽車鹵素燈的UV賴射而激發,藉能 於白日及夜晚期間均可提供強度,明亮的顔色。其他的應 用包括它們使用為顔料,塗色劑,閃_劑材料,太陽能牧 集器材料,光發射的電發冷光裝置,產生螢光影像材料。 而R,主體化合物的選擇能有許多種彈性Μ得到_系統所 -8 6- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------------------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() 需的發射液長,其中經甶液長的調整而給予顔色調節的能 力和減少核心系銃修正至特定顔色施用。其亦可能藉由習 的光SB Sf技術產生螢光影像(高浮凸结搆) 。本發明組 成物亦每被使用於塗料,漆及印刷油墨。 本發明組成勸可依最終使用目的而定,Μ各種不同的 形式使用。 完全形式 ί A ) 聚合_可被研磨或Μ粒子形式製得 ϋ 本發明中進一步較佳具體實施例為完全形式(Α)聚合物 於粒子形式,尤其為微麵分離之粒子。 平均直徑或粒子大小相對應於完全形式(B)之粒子 本發明之聚合物可混合其他聚合物,即本發明之進一 步較佳具體實施例為一種組成物,其包含(a.)非螢光聚 台物基質之湊合物及(b )完全形式(A )聚合物。 成份(b )的量相對於g組成物可例如由ϋ . 1至9 9 . 9 靈量百分率,較佳由1 . ί)至50重量百分率。使用量係實質 锻依據於完全形式聚合物中主體和副體结搆單位的量而定 ,亦及依據與聚合物基質的相容性而定。 該等聚合物可選自包含熱塑性聚合物摻合物,熱固柱 筘結構交黯聚合物。完全形式之熱塑性塑料與熱固性塑料 混合物為聚合ft合金。該等聚合物可為均聚物,共聚物, 嵌段共聚_,接枝聚合_或無規聚合物。 該等聚合物可為不透明,半透明的或透明,較佳為透 -87- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) .---------------- (Please read the notes on the back first to write this page) Order: • Line 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () Flavor beer and 〖2, 1-a] Isoindene-il-fluorene trifunctional 0H-derivative starting, brewing with propylene chlorine is better than solvent such as dichlorostring Alkanes. The purification step can be performed by pouring the reaction mixture into a large excess of water, and then filtering the resulting precipitate. If necessary, the crude product can be further washed, such as water and methanol, and then dried, for example, in a reduced pressure atmosphere. The corresponding trifunctional 0Η-derivative is preferably synthesized by pentaerythritol (a large excess) and tetraphenyl-pyrido [4,5] _azolo [2,: 11] isoazepine-11 __carboxyl. Acid chlorides (available from the reaction of the corresponding osmic acid with tellurium chloride) are preferred over solvents such as anhydrous pyridine. Purification steps can be carried out in the usual and above-mentioned manner. The methods for preparing the materials and compounds of the present invention are generally carried out in an inert solvent. Inert means that there are no unwanted side reactions between the ingredients and the solution. Solutions can also be used when using the materials of the invention. Suitable inert solvents are, for example, protic and aprotic solvents, which can be used alone or as a mixture of at least two soluble surfaces. Examples are: water, alcohols, alcohols, ethanol, propanol, butanol), ethylene glycol monomethyl mono or monoethyl ether, mystery (dibutyl B, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, ethylene glycol di Methyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether), hydrogenated hydrocarbons (methylene dichloride, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1 , 1,3-trichloroethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane), carboxylic acid esters and lactones (ethyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl crotanoate, 2-methyl Oxyethyl acetate, 7-] 'acid lactone, δ-cis valprolactone, pivalolactone), gallic acid _ saddle and lactam; Ν, Ν-dimethylmethanine Amine, Ν, Ν-Diethylformamide, Ν, -85- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) π binding --------- 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () N-dimethyl ethyl amine, tetramethyl intestine, hexamethyl phosphite tri amine, 7-butyrolactam , Ε-caprolactam, N-methylpyrrolidine, 1ethyl-pyrrolidone, N-methylhexanone Endoamines: Yaji (Dishenylamine), Sm (Dimethyl, Diethyl, Trishenyl », Tetramethyl), San Luojun (N -methylpyridine, N-methylmorpholine), aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons such as petroleum, pentane, hexane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, benzene or substituted benzene (chlorobenzene, 0-dichlorobenzene, ί, 2,4-trichlorocage, nitrobenzene, xylene, xylene) and nitriles (acetic acid, propionitrile, benzonitrile, phenylacetonitrile), ketones (propanyl, isopropyl-isobutyl-methyl) 1,2,3,4-tetraphenyl-benzyl [4, 5] imidazo [2, bua] isoazin-11-one and its derivatives which are used as preferred groups of the host compound of the present invention have At a maximum warm harvest of about 3 7 fi nanometers, it is located in the UV region. However, the emission wavelength is stretched by about 350 nanometers of U V to 450 milliohms in the visible region of the electrical cooling light spectrum. In contrast, the use of such compounds as the host / body type material of the carcass is because they are easy to burst themselves under both UV and sunlight radiation sources and can be extended to a wide range of applications. Therefore, materials such as ft can be useful as coloring agents, such as road markings and traffic signs used at night or white B, because they show extremely bright sunlight and can also be used by car halogens. The lamp is excited by the UV light, which can provide intensity and bright colors during the day and night. Other applications include their use as pigments, colorants, scintillator materials, solar collector materials, light-emitting electrical chillers, and fluorescent image materials. And R, the choice of the host compound can be obtained with many kinds of elasticity _ System Institute-8-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) ---------- ---------- Order --------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention () The required length of the propellant, of which The ability to adjust the color and adjust the core system by adjusting the length of the saccharine liquid to reduce the core system to a specific color application. It is also possible to generate fluorescent images (highly embossed structures) by the conventional light SB Sf technology. The composition of the present invention is also used in coatings, lacquers and printing inks. The composition of the present invention can be used in various forms depending on the end use purpose. Complete form ί A) Polymerization_ can be produced in the form of grinding or M particles 进一步 A further preferred embodiment of the present invention is the complete form (A) polymer in the form of particles, especially particles with microfacets separated. The average diameter or particle size corresponds to the particles of the complete form (B). The polymer of the present invention may be mixed with other polymers, that is, a further preferred embodiment of the present invention is a composition comprising (a.) Non-fluorescent Aggregation of polymer matrix and (b) full form (A) polymer. The amount of the component (b) with respect to the g composition may be, for example, from 0.1 to 99.9 psychic percentages, preferably from 1. 1 to 50% by weight. The amount used is essentially based on the amount of main and auxiliary structural units in the full form polymer, as well as on compatibility with the polymer matrix. The polymers can be selected from the group consisting of thermoplastic polymer blends, thermosetting pillars, and cross-linked polymers. The full form thermoplastic and thermoset blend is a polymeric ft alloy. These polymers can be homopolymers, copolymers, block copolymers, graft polymers, or random polymers. These polymers can be opaque, translucent or transparent, preferably transparent -87- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page)

1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() 明。聚合_可選自例如熱塑性聚合物如聚酯,聚_胺,聚 義亞鞍,聚一釀®胺,聚_胺酯,聚胺基甲酸乙酸, 聚雜,聚烴;得自經取代烯烴之聚合物如乙烯醚,乙烯 廳,乙烯醇,氯乙烯,二氯乙烯,丙烯,丙烯膳,丙烯酸 _基丙婦酸和丙烯酸與申基丙烯酸之酯和醜胺,苯乙烯, 氯苯乙讎,申基苯乙烯,苯乙烯磺酸和其酯和醜胺,乙烯 基,乙烯基颭啶,乙婦基砒咯烷嗣;聚馬來酸和酯和 由之而得之_胺;聚醚,聚礙,聚麵,聚苯基硫化物,和 聚_醛;及纖維素及其_和_,和澱粉或澱粉衍生物。 熱固性樹脂和結構交聯樹脂之例子為聚環氧化物,不 飽和化多元酯,光交聯樹脂例如得自丙烯酸及/或甲基丙 烯酯及/或得自多元醇之釀胺及/或聚釀胺,蜜胺/甲醛 樹脂,及酚/甲醛樹脂;聚合物得自丁二烯,異戊二烯及 /或氯丁二烯,和與婦烴之共聚物,其等可能經交聯和似 橡膠性質;和例如得自習知溶膠/凝膠方法之矽酸鹽。 熱塑性組成物例如為可得自藉由習知混合方法如混合 聚合物溶疲且移除溶蘭,注射模塑法和擠壓模塑法。熱固 性及結構交聯組成物可得自藉由習知方法如壓模法,藉此 較佳為低分子量之完全形式(A )聚合物被溶解於可聚合 聚合_。 亦為本發明的一個進一步範圍為完全形式(A)聚合 物可混合非螢光交聯單位,例如多官能性單體或預聚物與 經交者共同生成半滲透纈狀結構。 -8 8 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------φ裝 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------. 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 於一個進一步範圍中,完全形式(B)或完全形式 (A)或兩者之聚合物粒子可被使用為熱塑性塑料,熱固 性和結構交驊性聚合梅之填充劑。 本發明之進一步較佳具體實施例為一種組成物,其包 含(a )聚合物基質,及(b )完全形式(B )粒子,完 全形式(A )聚合物之聚合物粒子或上述兩者均勻分佈於 其中。 粒子的量相對於總組成物可例如由ϋ. 01至90重量%, 較佳為〇 .至90重量%及最佳為1至50重量%。 聚合物基質可包括上文所逑者。該組成物可易於藉由 如上文所逑之習知混合方法製備,藉此該等粒子於前賴物 組成物聚合作用之前被分散。 本發明之聚合性組成物可能包含進一步成份Μ增強部 份性質,例如電,物理和機槭性質,及/或加工能力,例 如分散劑用於達到粒子的均勻分佈,濶滑劑,增塑麵,抗 靜電劑,溶劑,成形麵,抗氧化劑,光安定劑,填充劑和 強化填充麵如玻璃珠及玻璃纖維,石英粉,矽酸鹽(例如 S母,白土,矽灰石),金屬和半導體金羼氧化物,金屬 碳酸鹽,金鼷鹽,金屬和半導體金屬,為粉末之碳黑,或 碳維,鬚晶(whisker),金屬和半導體金屬碳化物,金 屬和半導體金屬氮化物,染料,顔料和其他。 本發明組成物可被使用於成形物品形式,包括完全形 式ί B )之表而改性組成物。 -8 9- __ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() *發明之一個進一步較佳具體實施例因此為一種成形 物品,其係得Θ ( a )完全形式(A )聚合物之組成物, 或(b ) —組成物包含(b 1 )聚合物基質其含有(b 2 )完全形 式(A)聚合物或(b3)完全形式(A),完全形式(B) 或兩者之聚合物粒子,單獨或共同與完全形狀(A)聚合 轉均句地分佈於該聚合鞠基質。 於另一個範圍中,聚合物與完全形式(A)粒子或完 全形式(B )粒子可使用上逑之組成物,被使用為載體材 料上之塗覆層。 本發明之另一個目的為一種組成物,其包含(a ) — 載體材料,及(b )至少於一涸表面塗覆Μ : (1 )完全形式(A )聚合物, (2)聚合物基質,其含有均勻分佈之完全形式(A), 完全形式(B )或兩者之粒子,或 (3 )聚合物混合物,其包含基質聚合物及均勻分佈之完 全形式(A )可溶解聚合物混合Μ完全形式(A ),完全 形式(B)或兩者之粒子。 達當的載體材料可選自包含有機或無機材料例如玻璃 ,陶瓷,礦物,塑膠,紙,木材,半導體,金屬,金屬氧 化物和半導體金屬氧化物,和金屬或半導體金屬氮化物或 —碳化_ ° 塗覆層的厚度依使用之需求而定且通常由0 . 1至1 0 0 0 織衆,較佳為由0 . 5至5 0 0微米,和特別佳由1至1 0 0微米 -9 0 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -H ϋ n ϋ n n ϋ ftn n ϋ i^i · ϋ n ϋ n n n n I n n n ϋ ϋ I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() r. 塗覆物可被較佳為透明之塗覆層保護。此類塗覆物通 常為習知,且通常光交聯塗覆物為主要地被使用於此目的 。更甚者,經表面改性且屬於完全形式(A )之材料亦可 藉由塗覆物保護。 經塗覆材料通常可得自習知之方法,如直接地或使用 聚合性組成物之分散液塗抹,鑄造或旋轉塗抹。其亦可能 使羯一可聚合組成物,其包含聚合物形成自單體,特別為 可交聯烯烴不飽和化單體。聚合作用之誘導可為熱式,或 藉由光化輻射或兩者。該等塗覆組成物為新穎性旦為本發 明之進一步具體實_例。 本發明的進一步具體實施例因此為一種液體及一種溶 劑,其含有一組成物包含 (1 ')完全形式(A )聚合物,及選擇性之非螢光聚合物 (2 )聚合物基質,其含有均勻分散之完全形式(A ), (B )或兩者之粒子,單獨或混合完全形式(A )可溶聚 含物。 這些組成鞠可含有一溶劑,例如本文所提及者,和選 擇性的界面活性麵和分散麵。組成_之黏度範圍依塗覆物 所需要的應用而定,其中所需之黏度可藉由溶劑和聚合物 量的選擇而達到。為進一步達到所需的黏度,增稠劑可額 外地被使用。適當的溶爾已於前文中被提及。 -9 1- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() 該組成物之製備可藉由使用適當之混合設備簡易地共 _混合諸成份而達成。分散作用依據黏度而定通常為穩定 的。若粒子聚集,則可藉由攪拌再分散。 於一個極佳的具體實施例κ製備塗覆物中可使用可聚 合組成物,其中載體材料之至少一個表面被塗覆,及接著 藉由熱,_射聚合。光可聚合混合物亦可藉由習知之光阻 爾技衞而被使用於產生螢光影像。 本發明之進一步較佳具體實施例為一種可聚合組成物 ,其包含 a )可聚合蜇體或預聚物混合Μ完全形式(A ) , ( B ) 或兩者之粒子,及選擇性地完全形式(A)聚合物溶解於 其中; b )可聚合菫體或預聚物和完全形式(A )聚合物溶解於 其中;或 c )可聚合主體係含有至少一個可聚合基或至少二個官能 基或它的預聚物,可聚合副體發色團係含有可與主體化合 _共聚合之至少一涸可聚合基或至少二個官能基或它的預 聚_,及選擇性地可同時與主體化合物及副體發色團共聚 合之非螢光®體或預聚物。 可被使用於生成完全形式(A )聚合物之組成物為前 文所逑者。當塗覆麴或影像被生成時,該組成物較佳含有 溶劑。於前文所逑之具體實巌例且包括較佳具體實施例亦 被使用$$該組成樹 0 -92 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------------------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() 於一個較佳具體實施例中,其於可聚合單體及/或預 聚_之組成物含有一官能基選自烯烴不飽和基,較佳得自 -CH = CHz和 -C (CH3 ) =CH2 ,其可被熱式聚合或光聚合。 光可聚合單體和預聚物係於本技藝中習知者和被逑於 例如E P - A - 0 6 5 4 7 1 1。較佳之光可聚合單體和預聚物為基 於丙輝酸或甲基丙烯酸及醇類之酯類或醯胺類,多元醇, 駿和聚胺。 先可聚合組成物為特別適於生成塗覆物及影像。 本發明之一個進一步較佳具體實施例為一種組成物, 其包含(a) —載體材料,其至少一個表面為(b) —經 聚合光賭材料之高浮凸影像,其包含 (b 1)均勻分佈之完全形式(A ) , ( B )或兩者之粒子, 及溶解於其中之選擇性完全形式(A )聚合物; (b2)均勻分佈其間之完全形式(B)聚合物;或 (b 3 ) —聚合物,其係得自光可聚合主體係含有至少一個可 聚合基或至少二傾ί官能性光可活化基或它的預聚物,副體 發色圏係含有可與主體化合物共聚合之至少一個可聚合基 或至少二個光可活化官能基或它的預聚物,及選擇性地可 藉由輻射_時與主體化合物及副體發色團共聚合之單體或 預聚物。 本發明之一個進一步較佳具體實蔽例為一種製備於載 體h螢光高浮凸影像之方法,其涉及於光罩下輻射或藉由 雷射書寫上逑於載體上之經塗覆光可聚合組成(其已被乾 -93- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------裝 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1220902 A7 _B7 _ 5. Explanation of the invention (). The polymer may be selected from, for example, thermoplastic polymers such as polyesters, polyamines, poly saddles, polyamines, polyamines, polyacetic acid, polyheterocycles, polyhydrocarbons; derived from substituted olefins Polymers such as vinyl ether, vinyl office, vinyl alcohol, vinyl chloride, dichloroethylene, propylene, propylene, acrylic acid and acrylic acid esters and acrylic acid esters and amines, styrene, chloroacetophenone , Shenyl styrene, styrene sulfonic acid and its esters and amines, vinyl, vinylpyridine, ethynylpyrrolidine; polymaleic acid and esters and amines derived therefrom; polyethers Polyurethane, Polyurethane, Polyphenyl Sulfide, and Polyaldehyde; and Cellulose and Polyphenols, and Starch or Starch Derivatives. Examples of thermosetting resins and structural crosslinked resins are polyepoxides, unsaturated polyesters, light crosslinked resins such as those obtained from acrylic and / or methacrylic esters and / or amines and / or polymers derived from polyhydric alcohols. Fermented amines, melamine / formaldehyde resins, and phenol / formaldehyde resins; polymers obtained from butadiene, isoprene and / or chloroprene, and copolymers with feminine, which may be crosslinked and Rubber-like properties; and, for example, silicates from the conventional sol / gel process. The thermoplastic composition is, for example, obtainable by dissolving and removing solvent blue by conventional mixing methods such as mixing polymers, injection molding and extrusion molding. The thermosetting and structural cross-linking composition can be obtained by dissolving the polymer in the full form (A), which is preferably a low molecular weight, by a conventional method such as a compression molding method. It is also a further scope of the present invention that the complete form (A) polymer can be mixed with non-fluorescent cross-linking units, such as a polyfunctional monomer or prepolymer, and the cross-linker to form a semi-permeable valerate structure. -8 8-The size of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------- φ (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ) Order ---------. 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) In a further range, complete form (B) or complete form (A ) Or both polymer particles can be used as fillers for thermoplastics, thermosetting and structurally polymerizable plums. A further preferred embodiment of the present invention is a composition comprising (a) a polymer matrix, and (b) full form (B) particles, full form (A) polymer polymer particles, or both of which are uniform Distributed among them. The amount of the particles with respect to the total composition may be, for example, from 0.01 to 90% by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 90% by weight, and most preferably from 1 to 50% by weight. The polymer matrix may include those described above. The composition can be easily prepared by a conventional mixing method as described above, whereby the particles are dispersed before polymerization of the precursor composition. The polymerizable composition of the present invention may contain further components M to enhance some properties, such as electrical, physical, and mechanical properties, and / or processing capabilities, such as dispersants used to achieve uniform particle distribution, slip agents, and plasticized surfaces. , Antistatic agents, solvents, forming surfaces, antioxidants, light stabilizers, fillers and reinforced filling surfaces such as glass beads and glass fibers, quartz powder, silicates (e.g. S master, white clay, wollastonite), metals and Semiconductor gold hafnium oxide, metal carbonate, gold hafnium salt, metal and semiconductor metal, powdered carbon black, or carbon dimension, whisker, metal and semiconductor metal carbide, metal and semiconductor metal nitride, dye , Pigments and others. The composition of the present invention can be used in the form of shaped articles, including the complete form of B) to modify the composition. -8 9- __ This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () * A further preferred embodiment of the invention is therefore a shaped article, which A composition of Θ (a) complete form (A) polymer, or (b)-the composition comprises (b 1) a polymer matrix that contains (b 2) complete form (A) polymer or (b3) complete The polymer particles of the form (A), the complete form (B), or both, are separately or collectively distributed with the complete shape (A) polymerized uniformly in the polymerized Juma matrix. In another area, polymers and full form (A) particles or full form (B) particles can be used as a coating composition as a coating layer on a carrier material. Another object of the present invention is a composition comprising (a)-a support material, and (b) at least one surface is coated with M: (1) a full form (A) polymer, (2) a polymer matrix Which contains uniformly distributed particles of complete form (A), complete form (B) or both, or (3) a polymer mixture comprising a matrix polymer and a uniformly distributed complete form (A) soluble polymer mixture Particles of M complete form (A), complete form (B) or both. Dada's carrier material can be selected from the group consisting of organic or inorganic materials such as glass, ceramics, minerals, plastics, paper, wood, semiconductors, metals, metal oxides and semiconductor metal oxides, and metal or semiconductor metal nitrides or—carbonized_ ° The thickness of the coating layer depends on the application and is usually from 0.1 to 100, preferably from 0.5 to 500 microns, and particularly preferably from 1 to 100 microns- 9 0-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -H ϋ n ϋ nn ϋ ftn n ϋ i ^ i · ϋ n ϋ nnnn I nnn n ϋ I (Please read the back first Please note this page and fill in this page again) 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () r. The coating can be protected by a transparent coating. Such coatings are commonly known, and usually photocrosslinked coatings are used primarily for this purpose. What's more, materials which are surface modified and belong to the complete form (A) can also be protected by coatings. Coated materials are generally available from conventional methods, such as direct application, or application using a dispersion of a polymerizable composition, casting or spin coating. It is also possible to make a polymerizable composition comprising a polymer formed from a monomer, particularly a crosslinkable olefin unsaturated monomer. The polymerization can be induced thermally, or by actinic radiation or both. These coating compositions are further specific examples of the novelty of this invention. A further specific embodiment of the invention is therefore a liquid and a solvent containing a composition comprising (1 ') a full form (A) polymer, and a selective non-fluorescent polymer (2) polymer matrix, which Contains uniformly dispersed complete form (A), (B), or both particles, alone or in a mixed complete form (A) soluble polymer content. These constituents may contain a solvent, such as those mentioned herein, and optional surface active and dispersing surfaces. The viscosity range of the composition depends on the application required for the coating, and the required viscosity can be achieved by selecting the amount of solvent and polymer. To further achieve the required viscosity, thickeners can be used in addition. Appropriate lysates have been mentioned above. -9 1- The size of this paper applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------ installation -------- order ----- ---- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention () The preparation of the composition can be achieved by simply co-mixing the ingredients using appropriate mixing equipment. Dispersion is usually stable depending on viscosity. If the particles are aggregated, they can be redispersed by stirring. In an excellent embodiment, a polymerizable composition can be used in the preparation of the coating, in which at least one surface of the support material is coated, and then polymerized by heat. Photopolymerizable mixtures can also be used to produce fluorescent images by conventional photoresist technology. A further preferred embodiment of the present invention is a polymerizable composition comprising a) a polymerizable carcass or a prepolymer mixed with M complete form (A), (B) or both particles, and optionally completely Form (A) polymer is dissolved therein; b) polymerizable carcass or prepolymer and complete form (A) polymer are dissolved therein; or c) polymerizable main system contains at least one polymerizable group or at least two functions Group or its prepolymer, the polymerizable auxiliary chromophore contains at least one polymerizable group or at least two functional groups or its prepolymerizable group that can be copolymerized with the host, and optionally can be simultaneously Non-fluorescent® body or prepolymer copolymerized with host compound and auxiliary chromophore. Compositions which can be used to form the full form (A) polymer are those previously described. The composition preferably contains a solvent when a coating film or an image is generated. The specific implementation examples described above and the preferred embodiments are also used. The composition tree is 0 -92-This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) --- ----------------- Order --------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention () In a preferred embodiment, the composition of the polymerizable monomer and / or the prepolymerized polymer contains a functional group selected from olefin unsaturated groups, preferably obtained from -CH = CHz and -C (CH3) = CH2, which can be thermally polymerized or photopolymerized. Photopolymerizable monomers and prepolymers are known to those skilled in the art and are trapped in, for example, EP-A-0 6 5 4 7 1 1. Preferred photopolymerizable monomers and prepolymers are esters or amines, polyols, polyamines, and polyamines based on propionic acid or methacrylic acid and alcohols. The first polymerizable composition is particularly suitable for generating coatings and images. A further preferred embodiment of the present invention is a composition comprising (a)-a carrier material, at least one surface of which is (b)-a highly embossed image of a polymerized optical gambling material, comprising (b 1) Uniformly distributed particles of complete form (A), (B) or both, and selective complete form (A) polymers dissolved therein; (b2) complete form (B) polymers uniformly distributed therebetween; or ( b 3) — a polymer obtained from a photopolymerizable main system containing at least one polymerizable group or at least a difunctional functional photoactivatable group or a prepolymer thereof, and the secondary hair coloring system containing Compounds copolymerized with at least one polymerizable group or at least two photo-activatable functional groups or its prepolymers, and monomers or monomers that can be copolymerized with the host compound and the subsidiary chromophore upon irradiation Prepolymer. A further preferred embodiment of the present invention is a method for preparing a fluorescent high-relief image on a carrier h, which involves irradiating under a photomask or coating the light on the carrier by laser writing. Aggregate composition (it has been dried-93- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) ------------- installed (please read the note on the back first) (Fill in this page again)

訂---------線I 1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() ti Μ移除溶_ ) ,顯影經輻射組成物,及最後移除非奉畐射 移除非輻射部份之進行最常係使用溶麵處理。 : 逑於上文之所有材料為可廣泛使用於目前所觀察之光 學及電冷光裝置之高度螢光材料。 本發明之一個進一步較佳具體實施例為一種製造螢光 輻射之方法,其需要Μ電或藉由UV或可見光輻射或兩者 激發本發明之螢光組成物。 本發明之另一個較佳具體實施例為本發明組成物用為 螢光材料之用途。 下列實_例用於示範本發明。 A )丰§§ -蛋體/聚合物中間體的製備。 奮賺例A 1 : 1,2,3,4 -四苯基苯並[4 , 5 ]眯唑並[2,1 - a ]異氮茚-i 1 -酮- ?-羧酸(A 1 ,包括8-異構物) 於裝置有冷凝管,少量氮排氣器及磁攪拌器之反應容 器中加入10克(0 . 0 2 2莫耳)四苯基鄰苯二甲酸酐和3 . 35 克(0 . ϋ 2 2莫耳)3,4 -二鞍基苯甲酸,及1 0 0毫升冰醋酸。 灰色反應混合_被加熱至遲流溫度D數小時後反應開始轉 變為暗黃色。反應混合物然後於稍低於遲流溫度下被置7 2 小時 ί 1G 5 t::)。 淺黃色沈澱被過濾且Μ水及甲醇清洗。黃色產物然後 於最終之隔夜真空乾燥(6 ϋ υ)之前置於水吸氣器中乾燥 -94- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() 。得到之產率為8 i %。 奮廳例A 2 : (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1,2,3,4 -四苯基笼並[4,5]_唑並[2,i-a]異氮茚-1卜酮- 7 (或8)羧酸氯化物(A 2,包括8-異構物) 於裝置有冷凝管,少量氮排氣器及磁攪拌器之反應容 器中加入5克莫耳)化合物A 1和3G毫升無水苯 。保持於室溫下,1莫耳過量亞硫_氯被加至反應混合物 ,然後攪拌達3(3分鐘。為黃色懸浮液之反應混合物然後被 加熱至迴流溫度達約2小時K生成澄清之金色溶液。溶劑 及過量亞硫釀氯使用氮氣流移除Μ形成黃色之酸氯化物衍 生轉。產率為9 4 。 Β )官能基彳h丰髑衍半物夕製備。 奮蔽例R 1 : 1,2,354-四苯基苯並[4,5]_唑並[2,卜a]異氮茚- II-麵-7-羧基乙基甲基丙婦酸醮(B1,包括8-異構物) 4克之A 2被溶解於3 0毫升無水毗啶於室溫下約3 0分 鐘期間,慢慢地加至含有5克(大量過量)羥基乙基丙烯 酸釀於1 ()毫丹無水fft啶之攪拌溶液。反應混合物置於室溫 援:浮達進一步的2 /j、時ϋ 完全反應之混合物然後攪拌地慢慢加至包含i β ί)克冰 和1 Ο 0毫升1 Μ H C 1之燒杯。得到黃色疣澱且於過濾(多孔 辕璃G3)前靜置Μ生成粗產物。該粗沈澱物被進一步純化 Μ移除殘餘的羥基乙基甲基丙烯酸酯,其係藉由溶解於氯 -9 5 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902Order --------- Line I 1220902 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention () ti M remove solvent _), develop the radiated composition, and finally remove the non-radiated radiation to remove the non-radiated part This is most often performed using a dissolving surface treatment. : All materials above are highly fluorescent materials that can be widely used in the optical and electrical cold light devices currently observed. A further preferred embodiment of the present invention is a method for manufacturing fluorescent radiation, which requires M electricity or excitation of the fluorescent composition of the present invention by UV or visible light radiation or both. Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is the use of the composition of the present invention as a fluorescent material. The following examples are provided to demonstrate the invention. A) Fung §§-Preparation of egg bodies / polymer intermediates. Endeavor Example A 1: 1,2,3,4-tetraphenylbenzo [4,5] oxazolo [2,1 -a] isoazindene-i 1-one-?-Carboxylic acid (A 1 , Including 8-isomers) To the reaction vessel equipped with a condenser, a small amount of nitrogen exhauster and a magnetic stirrer, add 10 grams (0.02 2 moles) of tetraphenylphthalic anhydride and 3. 35 grams (0.22 moles) of 3,4-bisanthylbenzoic acid and 100 ml of glacial acetic acid. Grey reaction mixing_ After being heated to the late flow temperature D for several hours, the reaction started to turn dark yellow. The reaction mixture was then placed at a temperature slightly below the late flow temperature for 7 2 hours (1G 5 t: :). The pale yellow precipitate was filtered and washed with water and methanol. The yellow product is then dried in a water aspirator before the final overnight vacuum drying (6 ϋ υ) -94- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ---- ---------------- Order --------- line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention (). The yield obtained was 8 i%. Fen Ting example A 2: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1,2,3,4-tetraphenyl cage [4,5] _azolo [2, ia] isoazepine-1 Ketone-7 (or 8) carboxylic acid chlorides (A 2 including 8-isomers) Add 5 grams of moles to a reaction vessel equipped with a condenser, a small amount of nitrogen exhaust, and a magnetic stirrer) Compound A 1 and 3G ml of anhydrous benzene. Keeping at room temperature, a molar excess of thionyl chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and then stirred for 3 (3 minutes. The reaction mixture as a yellow suspension was then heated to reflux temperature for about 2 hours K to produce a clear golden color Solution. Solvent and excess sulphur-containing chlorine were removed using a nitrogen stream to form a yellow acid chloride derivative. The yield was 94. B) The functional group 彳 h was prepared. Example R 1: 1,2,354-tetraphenylbenzo [4,5] _azolo [2, bua] isoazepine-II-face-7-carboxyethylmethylpropionate (B1 , Including 8-isomers) 4 grams of A 2 was dissolved in 30 ml of anhydrous pyridine at room temperature for about 30 minutes, slowly added to contain 5 grams (a large excess) of hydroxyethyl acrylic acid brewed in 1 () Stirring solution of milletane anhydrous fft. The reaction mixture was allowed to stand at room temperature. The reaction mixture was further reacted at a rate of 2 / j, and then the reaction mixture was completely stirred and then slowly added to a beaker containing 1 μg of ice and 100 mL of 1 M H C 1. A yellow wart lake was obtained and left to stand before filtration (porous glass G3) to produce a crude product. The crude precipitate was further purified to remove residual hydroxyethyl methacrylate, which was dissolved in chlorine-9 5-this paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902

I ί A7 i _____SI_______ ί --------- 五、發明說明() j 仿後倒至大量過量己烷之再沈澱(產率δ6%)。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ΩΛ-JkJLM fh副體彳h合物:儲〇 I 奮蔽例c 1 : I 若丹明B之羧基乙基甲基丙烯酸酯衍生物(C 1 ) 於裝置有冷凝管’少量氮排氣器及磁攪拌器之反應容 器中,3 · 5克(0 · 007 3莫耳)若丹明B被加至約3〇橐升無 水二氯甲烷(A i d r i c h特級)。保持於室溫下,ί · 5 4克 (0·0 0 9 5莫耳,1.3倍過量)羰基二輝唑於約10分鐘 期間被加至激烈攪捽之若丹明溶疲。反應於室溫下被放置 攪拌達進一步的4小時Μ得到所需的酸眯唑。 三倍當量的2 -羥基乙基曱基丙烯酸酯(2 . 8 9克,0 . 〇 2 2 莫爾)然後被加至反應混合物旦於室溻下攪拌進一步的7 2 小時。溶劑由粗反應混合物中移除,及產物藉由管柱色層 分析法純化。90 CHCU / 10 MeOH被使用為沖提溶劑。 奮蔽例C 2 : 製備相似於下式C 2之多官能性二嗣瞅咯並砒咯K藉 由逑於E P () 3 3 7 9 5 1之方法而達到,或更明確地相似於 EP-A ? 87 7 31 (特別為於其中之實施例12): (C 2 )I ί A7 i _____SI_______ ί --------- V. Description of the invention () j Re-precipitation after pouring to a large excess of hexane (yield δ6%). (Please read the precautions on the reverse side before filling out this page) ΩΛ-JkJLM fh by-product 彳 h compound: storage 〇I sedative example c 1: I carboxyethyl methacrylate derivative of rhodamine B (C 1) In a reaction vessel equipped with a condenser tube's small amount of nitrogen exhauster and magnetic stirrer, 3.5 grams (0.07 mol) of rhodamine B was added to about 30 milliliters of anhydrous dichloromethane. (A idrich premium). Keeping at room temperature, 54 grams (0.09 mol, 1.3 times excess) of carbonyl dipropiazole was added to the vigorously stirred rhodamine during about 10 minutes. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for a further 4 hours to obtain the desired acid oxazole. Three equivalents of 2-hydroxyethylfluorenyl acrylate (2.89 g, 0.02 mole) were then added to the reaction mixture and stirred for another 72 hours under room temperature. The solvent was removed from the crude reaction mixture and the product was purified by column chromatography. 90 CHCU / 10 MeOH was used as the stripping solvent. Example C 2: Preparation of a polyfunctional dipyrrolopyrrole K similar to the following formula C 2 is achieved by a method of EP () 3 3 7 9 5 1 or more explicitly similar to EP -A? 87 7 31 (especially Example 12): (C 2)

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 1220902 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() m m ιΨ \ L· ^ - N,厂-二乙烯基苯甲基喹吖啶_之製備 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 於氮大氣下,1 . 6克三級丁氧鉀於約40分鐘期間被加 至2 0 0 毫升二甲基甲釀胺(” D M F ” :)和4克微細分離之 嗤吖啶_混合物,及全部之反應混合被攪拌達進一步的2 0 分鐘。大量過量之乙烯基笨甲基氯(4克)於超過約30分 鐘期間慢慢加入Κ得到暗綠色溶液,其被置於室溫下隔夜 。然後,反應混合物被倒入剌烈攪拌之水中Μ得到淺橙色 沈澱。乾燥後,橙色沈澱藉由管柱色層分析法純化,使用 二氯甲烷為沖提相。 D )螢光聚会_之製備。 奮廳倒ί) 1 : 於!〇毫升之反應瓶(經鉻酸清潔)中置入0.01 4 2克副 體單體(C 2 )且溶解於氯仿Κ 5毫升。然後再加入1克 之主體單體(Β 1 )與另外之2 . 0毫升氯仿,及0 . (] 0 5克經 再结晶之偶氮二異丁腈(ΑΙΒΝ)做為起始劑。反應溶液然後 藉由通入氮氣體30分鐘Μ移除已溶解之氧。反應混合物然 後於turt之水浴申聚合且當反應混合物的黏度増加至足夠 時(]小時)終止。聚合物經由一系列甲苯(或氯仿)至 串S醇之再沈澱純化。產率:40%〇Mw = 2 X 105克/莫 M· ° 奮窳例D 2 : 於if)毫升之反應瓶(經鉻酸清潔)中置入0.6 3 6 6克之 -9 7- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() B 1 ,0 . 3 9 7 ϋ克申基甲基丙婦酸酯及0 . 0 i 4 2克C 2。單體 混合物溶解於氯仿3毫升,及0.0052克經再結晶之AIBN被 ft]入傲為起始劑。反應進料混合鞠藉由通入無水氮氣至溶 疲3 β ·分鐘以除氣。反應混合_然後於δ 0 "C之水浴,且當溶 液的黏度增加至足夠時(2小時)終止聚合作用。聚合物 藉由於串S_中淀澱_分離且經由一系列之再沈灘純化c產 率:2 5 %。M W = 2 · 5 X 11) 5 克./ 莫耳。 奮廳領ί) 3 : 0 . 7 4克Β 1 ,0 . 0 1克C 2,0 . 7 1克乙二醇二甲基丙烯 酸酯和ϋ . ϋ 2 3克A I ΒΝ被溶解於1 . 8克氯仿之共單體溶液被加 入_烈攪拌之60 υ水溶液。8小時後生成高度螢光,高度 交聯之不溶解粒子。產率80%。 富肅_ D 4 : 5.5克經純化之聚合物(莫耳%組成物約為70甲基甲 基丙婦酸酯/ 3 (i羥基乙基甲基丙_酸酯)被溶解於1 5 (!毫 弁無水墘啶且於室溫下維持於氮大氣中。於此攪拌之聚合 _溶液中,溶於5ϋ毫升無水0¾啶之0.01莫耳(5.86克)B1 和0.()(] 0 0 4莫耳(G. 0 22 7克:)丹若明B之羧酸氯化物衍生 _之混合_於超過1小時期間被加入。於室溻下攪拌4小 時後,反應混合物被加熱至達進一步之12小時。冷卻 時,反應混合物沈澱至大量過量的申醇三次。於最後乾燥 前,經冼澱之聚合物.¾水和甲醇完全清洗除去未反應之若 丹_蜇體。 -98- —_ ______ - ____________ - —...... … _____ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ----訂---------· I?20902 A7 _____B7______ 五、發明說明() 審嫵例D 5 : 於Π)毫升之反應瓶(經鉻酸清潔)中置入〇 · 9 7 3 5克之 主體單體B 1且溶解於I 5毫升氯仿。然後再加入Q · ϋ 0 2 5 克客體單體C 3與另外之2.0毫升氯仿,及0·ϋ“克經再結 晶之偶氮二異丁腈(ΑΙΒΝ)做為起姶劑。反應溶液然後藉由 通入氮氣體2ϋ分鐘Μ移除已溶解之氧。反應混合物然後於 6 0 υ之水浴中聚合,且當反應混合物的黏度增加至足夠時 (3 3分鑄)終止。聚合_經由一系列甲笨(或氯仿)至甲 醇之再沈澱純化。產率:3 = X ΙίΡ克/莫 耳〇 F:)經罃光途霈令擋體材料:> 製^^__ 其可能藉由溶解材料之適當溶劑而製備包含本發明非 交職組成物之薄膜裝置,其中之麗量一體積(w/v)百 分比依依所需之薄1與厚度及最終應用而定,但通常於Q · 〇 1 至3ϋ W/V%的範圍。該溶液然後可藉由於習於本技藝者所 習知之技術被塗覆於所而之基質。 F )廳當_例。 奮嫵例F 1 : 所有螢光聚合物試樣的光冷光及激發光譜使用於標準 反射_式之Η 11 a c h 1 F - 4 5 ϋ 0螢光分光光度計記錄,且借助 商用具有透明石苒窗之固態試樣架。所有的聚合物試樣使 用標準的實驗室研缽和许被研磨成粉末,且均勻地裝入試 樣架內。單色激發液長為3 6 5氅微米及掃描速率為2 4 0毫微 一 9 9一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公愛) (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) ----訂----- 1220902 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 表 S_ 鐘。各種不同的聚合性系統所測之發射波長詳記於 聚合物谁料比例U t % ) 實施例 主體 副體 其他 發射最大 強度 (ηπι) _ _ _ _信 (n m ) 賜收屋位__ B1 C2 534 2594 178 D2 (99 wtl) (i wt%) Bi C 2 lifta 538 2947 173 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) D3 D4 (61 w t X) ( I w t % ) (38 w t % ) Bl C2 E G D M i 557 (4 9 w t % ) ( i w t % ) (50 w t % } A 2 若丹明B — 583 (52 wt%) (0.2 wt%) 2240 192 2390 218 * E G D M :乙二醇二甲基丙_酸酯;8i ffl a :甲基甲基丙烯酸酯 -100- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public love) 1220902 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention () mm ιΨ \ L · ^ -N, factory-divinylbenzylquinacridine_ of Preparation (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Under nitrogen atmosphere, 1.6 g of potassium tertiary butoxide is added to 200 ml of dimethylformamide ("DMF") in about 40 minutes. :) and 4 g of finely divided sulfonium acridine mixture, and the entire reaction mixture was stirred for a further 20 minutes. A large excess of vinyl benzyl chloride (4 g) was slowly added to K over about 30 minutes to obtain a dark green solution, which was left at room temperature overnight. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into vigorously stirred water to obtain a pale orange precipitate. After drying, the orange precipitate was purified by column chromatography, using dichloromethane as the eluent. D) Preparation of fluorescent party. Fen Ting down ί) 1: Yu! A 0 ml reaction bottle (cleaned with chromic acid) was charged with 0.01 4 2 g of the monomer (C 2) and dissolved in 5 ml of chloroform. Then, 1 g of the main monomer (B 1) and another 2.0 ml of chloroform, and 0.5 g of recrystallized azobisisobutyronitrile (ΑΙΒΝ) were added as starting agents. The reaction solution The dissolved oxygen was then removed by bubbling nitrogen gas for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then polymerized in a water bath in turt and terminated when the viscosity of the reaction mixture was increased to a sufficient () hours. The polymer was passed through a series of toluene (or Chloroform) to reprecipitation and purification of S alcohol. Yield: 40% 〇Mw = 2 X 105 g / M · ° Fendi Example D 2: Place in if) ml reaction bottle (cleaned with chromic acid) 0.6 3 6 6 grams of -9 7- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention () B 1, 0. 3 9 7 Methylpropionate and 0.0 i 4 2 g of C 2. The monomer mixture was dissolved in 3 ml of chloroform, and 0.0052 g of the recrystallized AIBN was used as a starting agent. The reaction feed mixture was degassed by passing in anhydrous nitrogen to dissolve 3 β · min. The reaction was mixed in a water bath of δ 0 " C, and the polymerization was terminated when the viscosity of the solution was increased enough (2 hours). The polymer was separated by string S_ 中 中 定 _ and purified through a series of re-sinking c. Yield: 25%. M W = 2 · 5 X 11) 5 g./mole. Fen Ting Ling ί) 3: 0. 74 grams of B 1, 0. 01 grams of C 2, 0. 71 grams of ethylene glycol dimethacrylate and ϋ. Ϋ 23 grams of AI ΒΝ was dissolved in 1. 8 grams of chloroform comonomer solution was added to a vigorously stirred 60 υ aqueous solution. After 8 hours, highly fluorescent, highly cross-linked insoluble particles were generated. Yield 80%. Fusu_ D 4: 5.5 g of purified polymer (mole% composition is about 70 methyl methylpropionate / 3 (ihydroxyethyl methyl propionate) is dissolved in 1 5 ( ! M 弁 弁 anhydrous pyridine and maintained at room temperature in a nitrogen atmosphere. In this stirred polymerization solution, dissolved in 5ϋmL anhydrous 0¾ pyridine of 0.01 mole (5.86 g) B1 and 0. () () 0 0 4 mol (G. 0 22 7 g :) carboxylic acid chloride derivative of damormin B _ mixed _ was added over 1 hour. After stirring for 4 hours in a chamber, the reaction mixture was heated to reach A further 12 hours. Upon cooling, the reaction mixture was precipitated to a large excess of Shen alcohol three times. Before the final drying, the polymer was washed with water and methanol. ¾ Water and methanol were completely removed to remove unreacted rhodamine. -98- —_ ______-____________-— ...... _____ This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) ---- Order --------- · I? 20902 A7 _____B7______ V. Description of the invention () Examination example D 5: Put it in a reaction bottle (cleaned by chromic acid) of) ml. · 9 7 3 5 g of host monomer B 1 and dissolved in 1 5 ml of chloroform. Then add Q · ϋ 0 2 5 g of guest monomer C 3 and another 2.0 ml of chloroform, and 0 · ϋ "g after recrystallization Azobisisobutyronitrile (ΑΙΒΝ) was used as the eluent. The reaction solution was then removed by passing nitrogen gas through for 2 hrs. The dissolved oxygen was removed. The reaction mixture was then polymerized in a 60 ν water bath, and when the reaction When the viscosity of the mixture is increased enough (3 3 minutes), the polymerization is purified by reprecipitation through a series of methylbenzyl (or chloroform) to methanol. Yield: 3 = X ΙΡ 克 / moleF :) Light path command block material: > system ^^ __ It may be possible to prepare a thin film device containing the non-commissioning composition of the present invention by dissolving a suitable solvent of the material, wherein the amount of beauty is one volume (w / v). The required thinness 1 and thickness depend on the final application, but are usually in the range of Q · 001 to 3 ϋ W / V%. The solution can then be applied by any technique known to those skilled in the art. Matrix) F) Example: F1 Example: Photoluminescence and excitation spectra of all fluorescent polymer samples For standard reflections 式 11 ach 1 F-4 5 ϋ 0 Fluorescence spectrophotometer record, and with the help of a commercial solid-state sample holder with a transparent stone window. All polymer samples use standard laboratory research The bowl and Xu are ground into a powder, and are evenly packed into the sample holder. The length of the monochromatic excitation solution is 3 65 μm and the scanning rate is 2 40 nanometers 9 9 1 This paper size is applicable to Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 public love) (Please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill in this page for more details) ---- Order ----- 1220902 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Table S_ clock. The emission wavelengths measured by various polymerizable systems are detailed in the polymer ratio U t% ) Example of the maximum emission intensity (ηπι) of the main body and the auxiliary body in the embodiment. Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) D3 D4 (61 wt X) (I wt%) (38 wt%) Bl C2 EGDM i 557 (4 9 wt%) (iwt%) (50 wt%) A 2 Rhodamine B — 583 (52 wt%) (0.2 wt%) 2240 192 2390 218 * EGDM: ethylene glycol dimethyl propionate; 8i ffl a: methyl methacrylate-100- this paper Standards apply to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

Claims (1)

1220902 098892 ABCD 六、申請專利範圍 A 5 2為蜇官能性或可聚合基與A ’ 1共反應, (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) A ’ 3為蜇官能性或可聚合基與A ’ Λ及A ’ 2共反應, A%為m官能性或可聚合基與AS ,A,2及A,3共反應, A ^為蜇官能性或可聚合基與A ’ ! ,A ’ 2 ,A ’ 3及a ’ 4共 反應,及 c為2或3 ,及 副體及主體具有於申請專利範圍第1項所示之意義,及A ’ ,A、 ,A ’3及A ’4為直接或經由橋鐽基與主體及副體结 構連接。 3 · —種製備根據申請專利範圍第1項組成物之方法 ,其包含一聚合物係具有再熟化结構元素且各含有直接或 經由橋鍵基共價連接之官能性或可聚合基與於任何主體/ 副體組合中單獨地或共同地具有共聚單體之式XW,XK ,X X及X X ]:及X X VIB化合物反應, A ’ -副體 (X Vffl ), A ’ 2 -主體 (X ίΧ ), A ’ 3 -壬體-A ’ 3 (XX), A,4 -副體-A ’ 4 (XXI), 主體-(A ’ 5 ) c ( X X ]I X ), 其中 A ’ i為覃官能性或可聚合基, A ’ 2為覃官能性或可聚合基與聚合物上之官能性或可聚合 基共反應, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) A、為蜇官能性或可聚合基與聚合物上之官能性或可聚合 基共反應, A、為單官能性或可聚合基與聚合物上之官能性或可聚合 基共反應, A、為單官能性或可聚合基與聚合物上之官能性或可聚合 基共反應,及 c為2或3 ,及 副體及主體具有如上逑之意義,及A、 ,A,z ,A’3 ,A’4 及A ’ 5為直接或經由橋鐽基與主體及副體結構連接。 4 · 一種組成物,其中其表示(a)非螢光聚合物基 質之摻合物及(b)由聚合物與直接或經由橋謎基與聚合 物主鍵共價連接之主體及副體分子實質地組成之根據完全 形式(A )之聚合物。 5 ,一種包含一固態有機支撐材料直接或經由橋鐽基 與螢光主體發色團和副體發色團共價連接之組成物,其中 含有(a )聚合物基質,及(b )由主體或副體分子直接 或經由橋鍵基於有擺支撐材料之表面共價連接而實質地組 成之完全形式(B )粒子,由聚合物與直接或經由橋鍵基 與聚合_主_共價連接之ί體及副體分子實質地組成之根 據完全形式(A )之聚合物之聚合物粒子或上逑兩者均勻 分佈於其中。 6 ♦—種包含一固態有機支撐材料直接或經由橋鍵基 與蕾光芏體發色團和副體發色團共價連之組成鞠,其包含 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 主 2 {. 接 物 : 連合 M價聚 覆:it( 之 塗鐽 } 面 主 A 表物 ί 個合式 一 聚形 於與全 少基完 至鐽 之 } 橋成 b 由組 it-iu rM r: tt 及 或質 , 接 實 料 直 子 材與 分 |照物體 ,:¾u.1I»y -i ΛΒ0 一 聚 及 , 表 } 之 Α 料 ( 材 式撐 形支 全機 完有 之於 佈基. 分鐽 勻橋 均 由 有經 含或 其接 , 直 質 子 基分 物體 合副 聚或 體 2 t.:r 子 粒 之 者 兩 或 、J, B /ϊ\· 式 形 全 完 之 成 組 地 質 實 而 接 連 層一 共或 面 ’ 完全 之完 佈 , 分 } 勻Α 均 ί. 及式 物形 合全 聚:¾ 質M 基合 含混 包物。 其合子 , 聚粒 物解之 合溶者 混可雨 物 } 或 合 A } 聚 ί' Β ) 式 ί' 3 形式 全 形 基物 鐽成 橋組 由 合 經聚 或 可 接 之 直接 料連 材價 撐¾ 支團 機色 有發 態體 固副 一 和 含團 包色 種發 一 體 . 主含 7 光包 螢其 與 ’ 橋成基 由組鍵 經地橋 或質由 接實經 直子或 與分接 物體直 合 副 子 聚及分 由體體 t 人· j 5..4riy .±畐 合之或 混接體 物 連主 聚 價由 預¾, 或鍵 .}. 體主 A 單 _ { 合·#式 聚m»: 可與全 ) 基完 a 鍵 之 料之 材者 撐 兩 支或 機 有 B 九'/ / .貧、 式物 形合 全 聚 完 } 之A 成 ί 組式 地形 質全 實完 而 地 接性 連fi 價選 共S _ ’ 表子 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 中 其 體 單 合 聚 完 和 於 解 溶 物 合 聚 A /.. 式 Μ 有 含 係 si 主 # gt¾ -y¾ 中. 其 C 合 聚 可 至 或 能 官 漏 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 基或它的湏聚物,可聚合則體發色團係含有可與主體化合 物共聚合之至少一個可聚合基或至少二個官能基或它的預 聚物,及選擇性速可同時與主體化合物及副體發色團共聚 合之非螢光單體或預聚物。 8 ,一種包含一固態有機支撐材料直接或經由橋鐽基 與螢光主體發色團和副體發色團共價連接之組成物,其包 含(a ) —載體材料,其至少一個表面為(b ) —經聚合 光祖材科之高浮凸影像,其包含 (bl)均勻分佈之由聚合物與直接或經由橋鐽基與聚合物主 鋪共價連接之主體及副體分子實質地組成之完全形式(A ),由主體或副體分子直接或經由橋鍵基於有機支撐材料 之表面共價達接而實質地組成之完全形式(B)或兩者之 粒子,及溶解於其中之選擇性完全形式(A)聚合物; (b 2 )均勻分佈其間之完全形式(B )聚合物;或 (b 3 ) —聚合物,其係得自光可聚合主體係含有至少一個可 聚合基或至少二個官能性光可活化基或它的預聚物,副體 發色團係含有可與主體化合物共聚合之至少一個可聚合基 或1少二個光可活化官能基或它的預聚物,及選擇性地可 藉由輻射_時與主體化合物及副體發色團共聚合之單體或 預聚物。 9 ♦根據申請專利範圍第8項之可聚合組成物,其用 於製備於載體上螢光高浮凸影像。 ]〇 ♦根據φ請專利範圍第]項之組成_,其中主體 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 發色團條衍生自式X X ]]:之化合_, (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) A ” -主體-A ” 】 (X X ]ί ), 其中 A ” Α為S價官能基(亦意為可聚合基),其可直接或經® 橋鍵基連接1主體核结構,及 主體為二價笨並[4,5 ]鸱唑並[2,1 - a ]異氮m卜嗣, 其中主體苯環之鄰近碳原子可被苯環,雑芳香系環或上逑 兩者縮合,及一自由鐽與此等環連接而取代與主體核結構 之苯環連接, 芳香族環為未經取代或經取代Μ鹵素,_CN,_N〇2 ,Ci 至C i 8烷基,C. 3至C i 2環烷基,c 6至C i 8芳基 ,至Ci 7雑芳基,C3 :lCi 2環烷基烷基,c6 至C 18芳烷基,C5至Ci 7雑芳烷基,Ci至Ci8 烷氧基,c3至Ci 2環烷氧基,C6至Cj 8芳氧基, C 3至c i 7雑芳氧基,C 3至C t 2環烷基烷氧基,C ί3至c ί 8芳烷氧基,C5至Ci 7雑芳烷氧基,Ci至 C、8烷基硫基,C 3至C 1 2環烷基硫基,c s至C ! 8芳基硫基,C5至C ! 7雑芳基硫基,C3至C; 2環 燒基烷基硫基,Ce至C i 8芳烷基硫基,C5至Cl 7 雑芳烷基硫基,C,至Ct 8烷基- so-或 -so2 ,c3至 C 1 2環烷基- SO-或-S02 ,C 6至C ^ 8芳基-so-或- so 2 ,C 5至C 1 7雑芳基-SO-或 -S〇2 ,C 3至C ; 2環 烷基烷基 -SO-或- S02 ,C6至(:1 8芳烷基- so-或- so2 -6 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 1220902 358 8 99 ABCD 々、申請專利範圍 ,c ;至C i 7雑芳燒基-S 0 -或-S 02 ,具2至3 0 個碳原 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 子之二級胺基,及具2至2 0個碳原子之烷氧基烷基, 惟排除當兩個分離之-N fi2基被直接鐽結至不同之苯環, 則額外之至少其中之--個取代基被連接至苯環;及兩涸0 Η 基被直接鍵結5 —個茏環。 11 *根據申請專利範圍第1項之組成物,其中主體 發色團餘衍生自式X X X及X X X a化合物, 主· _A”4 (XXX), 主體-A ” s ( X X X a ), 其中 A”4為翬價官能基(亦意為可聚合基),其可直接或經由 橋鍵基連接至主體核结搆,及 A ” 5為二一或三官能基(亦意為可聚合基),其可直接或 經由橋鐽基連接至主體核結構,及 主體為m價笼並[4,5]_唑並[2,l-a]異氮茚-1卜_, 主體笼環之鄰近碳原子可被苯環,雜芳香系環或上逑兩者 縮合,及此等環較之於主體核結構之苯環係更易與官能基 連接, 芳香族環為未經取代或經取代KF,C1 ,Br ,-CN, -^ ϋ 2 ,C 5i M C ί 8 烷基,C 3 至 C ί 2 環烷基,C 6 至C 8芳基,C 5至C ! 7雑芳基,C 3至C i 2環烷 基烷基,Ce至C; 8芳烷基,C 5 ic, 7雜芳烷基, ί.安、! 8彳、元氧赛’ C 3 M U j 2壤综氧基,U 6 生C 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1220902 098899 ABCD 六、申請專利範圍 1 8芳氧基,7雑芳氧基,C3至Ci 2環烷 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 基烷氧基,C 6至C ί 8芳烷氧基,c 5至C i 7雑芳烷 氧基,c 1至C { 8烷基硫基,C3至Ci 2環烷基硫基 ,C 6至C ί 8芳基疏基,c 5至c ί 7雜芳基硫基,c 3生C ! 2環fe基烧基細!基,C 6至C ! 8芳_基硫基, C 5至c i 7雑芳烷基鑛基,C !至C 1 8烷基-so-或 -S〇2 ,C3 SCi 2 環垸基- so -或-S02 ,c6 至 Ci 3 芳基-S 0 -或S 0 2: ,c 5 至 c i 7 雜芳基-S 0 -或-S 0 2 ,c 3榮L i 2 iw fet基基* S 0 -或-S 0 2 ,C 6至C i 8芳综基 -so-或-S02 ,c5至C;7雜芳烷基-SO-或-S〇2 ,具 2 1 30 個碳原子之二級胺基,及具2至2i)個碳原子之烷 氧基燒基, 惟排除當UUO Η基直接鐽结至苯環,或U2) -ΝΗ2基直 接或經由亞苯基橋鋪基鍵結,或U3)當COO Η基經由亞苯基 橋鍵基_結至苯並[4,5]_唑並[2,l-a]異氮茚核结 構之笨環,則於式X X X化合鞠中額外地至少其中一涸取 代基鍵結至苯環。 -8- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 發 申請曰期 ,,,---· 一一^4 V ............... ....... 1 案 號 類 別 __ ( 以上各襴由本局填註)’ —專, A4 C4 1220902 説明書 發明 新型 名稱 發明 創作 人 申請人 中文 英文 姓 名 國 籍 住、居所 姓 名 (名稱) 國 籍 住、居所 (事務所) 代表人 姓 名 一種包含一固態有機支撐材料直接或經由橋鍵 ®與螢光主體發色團和螢光副體發色團共價連 ^之組成物,笪製借方法及應用_ A composition comprising a solid organic support material to which either directly or via a bridging group, the process for preparation thereof and application thereof ⑴比昂·葛拉得大衛林 ⑵大谷淳二 ⑶園本克彥 ⑷阿布♦伊庫巴爾 ⑸珊米♦霍賽門·愛爾丁 ⑴英國 ⑵日 本 ⑶曰本 ⑷孟加拉 ⑸瑞 士 ⑴日本665兵庫縣寶塚市高松町2-5-202 (2)曰本657兵庫縣神戶市灘區篠原台5-1-1201 ⑶日本569-11大阪府高槻市芥川叮4-9-3 ⑷瑞士 1732阿科西爾,拉 202號 ⑸瑞士 1784克爾特平,拉葛籣得芬 汽巴特用化學品控股公司 瑞 士 瑞士 4f:i57巴賽爾城,克律貝街141號 (1)恩斯特·阿特黑爾 ⑵漢斯一培特♦威特林 -1- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4規格(21〇χ297公釐) 裝 訂 線 1220902 A8 B8 C8 r-1220902 098892 ABCD VI. Patent application scope A 5 2 is 蜇 functional or polymerizable group co-reacts with A '1 (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) A' 3 is 蜇 functional or polymerizable Co-reacts with A 'Λ and A' 2, A% is m-functional or polymerizable group co-reacts with AS, A, 2 and A, 3, A ^ is fluorene-functional or polymerizable group with A '! , A '2, A' 3 and a '4 co-react, and c is 2 or 3, and the subsidiary body and the subject have the meaning shown in item 1 of the scope of the patent application, and A', A,, A '3 And A'4 is directly or through the bridge base connected to the main and auxiliary structures. 3. A method for preparing a composition according to item 1 of the scope of the patent application, which comprises a polymer having a recuring structural element and each containing a functional or polymerizable group covalently linked directly or via a bridging group with any In the host / auxiliary combination, there are comonomers of formula XW, XK, XX, and XX]: and XX VIB compounds, A'-auxiliary (X Vffl), A '2-host (X ίχ ), A '3-non-body-A' 3 (XX), A, 4-auxiliary body-A '4 (XXI), main body-(A' 5) c (XX) IX, where A 'i is Qin Functional or polymerizable group, A '2 is the co-reaction of the functional or polymerizable group with the functional or polymerizable group on the polymer. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ) 1220902 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. Scope of patent application (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) A. It is for the functional or polymerizable group to react with the functional or polymerizable group on the polymer, A , Is a monofunctional or polymerizable group co-reacts with a functional or polymerizable group on the polymer, A, Is a monofunctional or polymerizable group co-reacted with a functional or polymerizable group on the polymer, and c is 2 or 3, and the subsidiary and the main body have the meanings as above, and A,, A, z, A ' 3, A'4 and A'5 are connected directly or via the bridge base to the main and auxiliary structures. 4. A composition, which represents (a) a blend of a non-fluorescent polymer matrix and (b) the substance of the main and auxiliary molecules covalently connected by the polymer to the polymer's main bond directly or via a bridging group The ground composition is based on the polymer in complete form (A). 5, a composition comprising a solid organic support material covalently linked to a fluorescent host chromophore and a subsidiary chromophore directly or via a bridging group, which contains (a) a polymer matrix, and (b) a host A complete form (B) particle consisting essentially of a covalent connection of a pendant support material directly or via a bridge, based on a surface of a pendulum support material, or a polymer by a polymer and directly or via a bridge bond with a polymer The polymer particles or the polymer particles of the polymer according to the complete form (A) are substantially uniformly distributed in the body of the monomer and accessory molecules. 6 ♦ A composition containing a solid organic support material directly or via a bridge bond group covalently linked to the Leiguang corporal chromophore and the accessory chromophore, which contains the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A8 B8 C8 D8 Patent application scope Main 2 {. Connection: M-valence polymerization: it (Coated 鐽) Surface Master A Surface ί A combination of all together and less Base end to 鐽 之} bridge into b by group it-iu rM r: tt and or equal, followed by real materials and points | according to the object ,: ¾u.1I »y -i ΛΒ0 together and, table} of Α Material (wood type support machine is complete on the cloth base. The tillering bridges are composed of warp-containing or connected, straight proton-based sub-objects are aggregated or aggregated 2 t.:r J, B / ϊ \ · The complete set of geological formations and successive layers are in total or complete. The complete distribution, points} uniform A are ί. And the shape of the whole shape: ¾ quality M base and mixed bag The zygote, the solution of the polygranular solution, the mixed solution can be rained} or combined A} 聚 ί 'Β 式 ί' 3 full form The shape of the base and the bridge group is supported by the direct combination of materials that can be connected or connected. The branch machine has a hair body, a solid pair, and a color package. The main package contains 7 light-packed fluorescents. 'The bridge is formed by the group bond through the ground bridge or by the solid through the straight son or directly with the tapping object, and the split body t person · j 5..4riy. ± coupled or mixed body Even the main price is based on the pre-order, or key.}. The main owner A single _ {合 · # 式 聚 m »: can be combined with all) The material that completes the a key is supported by two or the machine has B nine '/ / .Poor, complete and complete shape of the assembly} A into the group of topographical quality is completely complete and connected to the fi price of a total of S _ 'table (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page ) And its monomers are aggregated and dissolved in solution A / .. Formula M 有 含 系 si Principal # gt¾ -y¾. Its C polymerization may or may not be official. The paper dimensions are applicable to Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. Scope of patent application (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) Group or its oligomer, polymerizable chromophore contains at least one polymerizable group or at least two functional groups or its prepolymer copolymerizable with the host compound, and the selectivity can be simultaneously with the host Non-fluorescent monomers or prepolymers copolymerized with compounds and auxiliary chromophores. 8. A composition comprising a solid organic support material covalently connected to a fluorescent host chromophore and a secondary chromophore directly or via a bridging group, comprising (a) a carrier material whose at least one surface is ( b) —Highly embossed image of polymerized photoaceae, including (bl) a uniform distribution consisting of a polymer and a host and a subsidiary molecule that are covalently connected directly or via a bridging group to the polymer host The complete form (A), consisting of particles of the complete form (B) or both, directly or via a bridge, based on the covalent access of the surface of the organic support material, and the particles dissolved therein (A) polymer; (b 2) complete form (B) polymer uniformly distributed therebetween; or (b 3) —polymer obtained from a photopolymerizable host system containing at least one polymerizable group or At least two functional photo-activatable groups or its prepolymer, and the subsidiary chromophore contains at least one polymerizable group or 1 less two photo-activatable functional groups or its pre-polymerization Material, and optionally A monomer or prepolymer that is copolymerized with the host compound and the subsidiary chromophore during injection. 9 ♦ A polymerizable composition according to item 8 of the scope of patent application, which is used to prepare a fluorescent high relief image on a carrier. ] 〇 ♦ According to the composition of item [] in the scope of patent application, the paper size of the main body applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 A8 B8 C8 D8 Derived from the formula XX]]: 的 合 合 _, (Please read the notes on the back before writing this page) A ”-Body-A”】 (XX)), where A ”Α is an S-valent functional group (also (Meaning polymerizable group), which can be connected directly or via a ® bridge group to the host core structure, and the host is a divalent benzo [4,5] oxazolo [2,1-a] isonitrogen methane, The adjacent carbon atoms of the main benzene ring can be condensed by a benzene ring, an aromatic ring or an upper ring, and a free fluorene can be connected to these rings instead of being connected to the benzene ring of the main core structure. The aromatic ring is not Substituted or substituted M halogen, —CN, —NO2, Ci to Ci 8 alkyl, C. 3 to Ci 2 cycloalkyl, c 6 to Ci 8 aryl, to Ci 7 aryl, C3: lCi 2 cycloalkylalkyl, c6 to C 18 aralkyl, C5 to Ci 7 aralkyl, Ci to Ci8 alkoxy, c3 to Ci 2 cycloalkoxy, C6 to Cj 8 aryloxy, C 3 to ci 7 , C 3 to C t 2 cycloalkylalkoxy, C 3 to c 8 aralkoxy, C5 to Ci 7 aralkoxy, Ci to C, 8 alkylthio, C 3 to C 1 2 cycloalkylthio, cs to C! 8 arylthio, C5 to C! 7 arylaryl, C3 to C; 2 cycloalkylthio, Ce to Ci 8 aralkylthio , C5 to Cl 7 aralkylthio, C, to Ct 8 alkyl-so- or -so2, c3 to C 1 2 cycloalkyl-SO- or -S02, C 6 to C ^ 8 aryl -so- or-so 2, C 5 to C 1 7 aryl-SO- or -S02, C 3 to C; 2 cycloalkylalkyl-SO- or-S02, C6 to (: 1 8 Aralkyl-so-or-so2 -6-This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) 1220902 358 8 99 ABCD 々, patent application scope, c; to C i 7 雑Burning group -S 0-or -S 02, with 2 to 30 carbon atoms (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), secondary amine groups, and alkanes with 2 to 20 carbon atoms Oxyalkyl, except that when two separated -N fi2 groups are directly bonded to different benzene rings, at least one of the additional substituents is connected to the benzene ring; and two 涸 0 Η groups are Direct key 5 —one ring. 11 * The composition according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the main chromophore residue is derived from the compounds of formula XXX and XXX a, main _A ”4 (XXX), main -A” s (XXX a), where A "4 is a trivalent functional group (also means a polymerizable group), which can be directly or via a bridge bond group connected to the main core structure, and A" 5 is a di- or tri-functional group (also means Is a polymerizable group), which can be connected to the host core structure directly or via a bridging group, and the host is an m-valent cage and [4,5] _azolo [2, la] isoazepine-1b_ Adjacent carbon atoms of the ring can be condensed by a benzene ring, a heteroaromatic ring or an epicyclic ring, and these rings are more easily connected to functional groups than the benzene ring system of the main core structure. The aromatic ring is unsubstituted or Substituted KF, C1, Br, -CN,-^ ϋ 2, C 5i MC ί 8 alkyl, C 3 to C 2 2 cycloalkyl, C 6 to C 8 aryl, C 5 to C! 7 雑 aryl , C 3 to C i 2 cycloalkylalkyl, Ce to C; 8 aralkyl, C 5 ic, 7 heteroaralkyl, ί. 8 彳, Yuan oxygen race 'C 3 MU j 2 soil comprehensive oxygen, U 6 C. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1220902 098899 ABCD VI. Application for patent scope 1 8 Aryloxy, 7 雑 aryloxy, C3 to Ci 2 cycloalkane (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Alkoxy, C 6 to C ί 8 Aralkoxy, c 5 to Ci 7 aralkyloxy, c 1 to C {8 alkylthio, C3 to Ci 2 cycloalkylthio, C 6 to C 8 arylsulfenyl, c 5 to c ί 7 heteroarylthio , C 3 health C! 2 ring fe-based burned base is thin! , C 6 to C! 8 aryl-sulfanyl, C 5 to ci 7 aralkylalkyl, C! To C 1 8 alkyl-so- or -S02, C3 SCi 2 cyclofluorenyl- so-or -S02, c6 to Ci 3 aryl -S 0-or S 0 2:, c 5 to ci 7 heteroaryl -S 0-or -S 0 2, c 3 rong Li i 2 iw fet group * S 0-or -S 0 2, C 6 to C i 8 aryl heptyl -so- or -S02, c5 to C; 7 heteroaralkyl-SO- or -S〇2, with 2 1 30 carbons Atomic secondary amine groups, and alkoxyalkyl groups having 2 to 2i) carbon atoms, except that when UUO fluorenyl groups are directly bonded to a benzene ring, or U2) -NΗ2 groups are directly or via a phenylene bridge Radical bonding, or U3) When the COO fluorenyl group is bound to the benzo [4,5] _azolo [2, la] isoazindene core structure via a phenylene bridge, it is compounded in formula XXX Juzhong additionally has at least one of its substituents bonded to a benzene ring. -8- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). Application date ,,, --- --- 11 V 4 ... .......... 1 Case No. Category __ (the above are filled out by this Bureau) '— Special, A4 C4 1220902 Description Invention Type New Name Invention Creator Applicant Chinese English Name Nationality Residence, Home Name (Name) Nationality Residence, Residence (Office) Name of Representative A composition containing a solid organic support material directly or via a bridge key®, covalently linked with a fluorescent chromophore and a fluorescent chromophore, Method and Application_ A composition comprising a solid organic support material to which either directly or via a bridging group, the process for preparation thereof and application thereof ⑴ 比昂 · 格拉德 David Lin⑵ 淳 谷 谷 二 二Hiroshi Abu Kobe, Hyogo Prefecture 5-1-1201, Shinoharadai, Shitan-ku, Japan ⑶ Japan 569-11 4-9-3, Akutagawa, Takahata City, Osaka Prefecture ⑷ 1732 Akosir, Switzerland 202, 202 Switzerland 1784 Keltin, Lager 籣 Defen Bart Chemicals Holding, Switzerland 4f: i57 Basel City, 141 Kleiber Street (1) Ernst Athaler Hans-Petter ♦ Wetling -1- This paper applies China National Standard (CNS) 8 4 specifications (21 × 297 mm) binding line 1220902 A8 B8 C8 r- 六、申請專利範圍Scope of patent application 基 , 鍵物 橋成 由組 經 之 或接 接連 直 價 料共 材團 撐色 支發 機體 有副 態先 固螢 一 和 含團 包 色 種發 一 體 . 主 1 光 螢 輿 譜 光 收 吸 之團,5 色[4 發並 體苯 副含 與包 譜自 光選 % 係 發團 光色 螢發 之體 »主 色中 發其 體及 主 , 中 疊 其重 並 唑 眯 異 茚 為體 ff主 範有 率具 比 含 暈 包 重自 的選 體係 副料 對材 體撐 主支 而該 ,S 類 Μ Ηϋ 畐 和 體 主 有 含 及 物 合 聚 交 經 或 性 線 之 搆 結 垂 懸 體 副 及 垂 懸 if .式 A 形共 全鍵 完主 一 物 含 合 包聚 中與 其基 , 鐽 物橋 合 由 聚經 性或 改接 面 直 表與 的物 0 合 表聚 於由 搆係 體支 畐 機 及有 體由 主 係 之 } 接 B 連 ί 價式 成 組 地 質 實 子 分 地 質 實 料 材 撐 該圍 至範 接利 連專 價請 共申 基據 鍵根 橋備 由製 經種 或 一 接. 直 2 子 分 形體 法 全副。方 完及面之 1 體表物 含主之成 包中料組 其其材項 或,撐 1 , 成支第 X 同 式共 之 或 中 應 合 反 組獨 體單 副物 / 合 體化 主II 何 X 任 X 於S 含 I 包 X 其 X X X IX X 反 體 單 聚 共 輿 地 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 應 體體體體 副 主 主 副 ΜΪ X IX X X X X X 體 主 VI X X 中 其 基 合 聚 可 或 性 能 官 單 為 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)The base and the bridge are formed by the group or the direct valence materials. The body supports the hair coloring. The body has a pair of first-fixing and fluorescent-coloring hairs. The main light is the light absorption spectrum. Group, 5 colors [4 hairs with benzene side-by-side spectroscopy and self-selection %% hairs with light color and fluorescent body »main color in the hair body and main body, superimposed azobisisoindene as the body ff The main model has a ratio of supporting materials supporting the material body to the main body, and the S type M Ηϋ 畐 and the body main body have a transitive or sexual line structured suspension The auxiliary and hanging if. A-shaped co-full bond completes the main one and contains the base and the base. The support machine and the body are made by the main system of the} B group, and the valence group of geological sub-substances is divided into geological material materials to support the perimeter to the Fan Jie Lilian. One connection. Straight 2 sub-fractal method is full. Fang Wan and Nian 1 The body surface contains the main ingredients of the package or its material items, or supports 1, the branch X of the same type or the combination of the anti-single unitary single object / combined main II Ho X Ren X In S Contains I Package X Its XXX IX X Reverse Monopoly Common Ground (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) Shoulder Body Body Deputy Leader MΪ X IX XXXXX Body Leader In VI XX, the base aggregate or performance official sheet is based on the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm).
TW87101739A 1997-02-04 1998-02-10 A composition comprising a solid organic support material to which either directly or via a bridging group, the process for preparation thereof and application thereof TWI220902B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP97810055 1997-02-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TWI220902B true TWI220902B (en) 2004-09-11

Family

ID=34130465

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW87101739A TWI220902B (en) 1997-02-04 1998-02-10 A composition comprising a solid organic support material to which either directly or via a bridging group, the process for preparation thereof and application thereof

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI220902B (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Li et al. Fluorescent supramolecular polymers with aggregation induced emission properties
PT963426E (en) FLUORESCENT CHROMOFORO COVALENTLY CHAINED IN AN ORGANIC SUPPORT MATERIAL
Katsurada et al. Photoreversible on–off recording of persistent room‐temperature phosphorescence
Tsuda et al. Fluorescence from azobenzene functionalized poly (propylene imine) dendrimers in self-assembled supramolecular structures
CN101899184B (en) Polymeric nanoparticles comprising a medium for photon up-conversion
Pan et al. Two chirality transfer channels assist handedness inversion and amplification of circularly polarized luminescence in chiral helical polyacetylene thin films
Graf et al. Dye-labeled poly (organosiloxane) microgels with core− shell architecture
US8779277B2 (en) Light energy conversion material
JP2011127133A (en) Substrate with attached dendrimers
JP7226329B2 (en) Dye Aggregate Particles, Dye Encapsulating Particles, and Fluorescent Labeling Materials
TWI261064B (en) Fluorescent diketopyrrolopyrroles
Mitra et al. Light-emitting multifunctional maleic acid-co-2-(N-(hydroxymethyl) acrylamido) succinic acid-co-N-(hydroxymethyl) acrylamide for Fe (III) sensing, removal, and cell imaging
Bie et al. Metal–Organic Framework Based Thermally Activated Delayed Fluorescence Emitter with Oxygen‐Insensitivity for Cell Imaging
JP2016060832A (en) Fluorescent silica particle and method for producing the same, and labelling reagent and inspection kit comprising the same
TWI220902B (en) A composition comprising a solid organic support material to which either directly or via a bridging group, the process for preparation thereof and application thereof
Clerc et al. Donor–Acceptor Stenhouse Adduct‐Polydimethylsiloxane‐Conjugates for Enhanced Photoswitching in Bulk Polymers
Kim et al. Unique photoluminescence of diacetylene containing dendrimer self-assemblies: application in positive and negative luminescence patterning
CN108472392A (en) Nano particle conjugates
Lee et al. Low-power upconversion in poly (mannitol-sebacate) networks with tethered diphenylanthracene and palladium porphyrin
JPS62127321A (en) Novel carbazole substituted polysiloxane
Wang et al. Nano-fluorophores prepared by polymerization-induced self-assembly and its application in cell imaging
Kawa Antenna effects of aromatic dendrons and their luminescence applications
TW526252B (en) Solid compositions, their preparation process and their use
TW518360B (en) Fluorescent chromophore, covalently linked to an organic support material
TWI329787B (en) Photosensitive composition and fabrication of alignment films and compensation films thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees